1 //===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and 11 // builds ASTs. 12 // 13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15 #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 16 #define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 17 18 #include "clang/AST/Attr.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/LambdaMangleContext.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 27 #include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h" 31 #include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" 32 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" 33 #include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" 34 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 35 #include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h" 36 #include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/Weak.h" 42 #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" 43 #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" 44 #include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h" 45 #include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" 47 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" 48 #include <deque> 49 #include <string> 50 51 namespace llvm { 52 class APSInt; 53 template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo; 54 template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet; 55 class SmallBitVector; 56 } 57 58 namespace clang { 59 class ADLResult; 60 class ASTConsumer; 61 class ASTContext; 62 class ASTMutationListener; 63 class ASTReader; 64 class ASTWriter; 65 class ArrayType; 66 class AttributeList; 67 class BlockDecl; 68 class CXXBasePath; 69 class CXXBasePaths; 70 class CXXBindTemporaryExpr; 71 typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath; 72 class CXXConstructorDecl; 73 class CXXConversionDecl; 74 class CXXDestructorDecl; 75 class CXXFieldCollector; 76 class CXXMemberCallExpr; 77 class CXXMethodDecl; 78 class CXXScopeSpec; 79 class CXXTemporary; 80 class CXXTryStmt; 81 class CallExpr; 82 class ClassTemplateDecl; 83 class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; 84 class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl; 85 class CodeCompleteConsumer; 86 class CodeCompletionAllocator; 87 class CodeCompletionTUInfo; 88 class CodeCompletionResult; 89 class Decl; 90 class DeclAccessPair; 91 class DeclContext; 92 class DeclRefExpr; 93 class DeclaratorDecl; 94 class DeducedTemplateArgument; 95 class DependentDiagnostic; 96 class DesignatedInitExpr; 97 class Designation; 98 class EnumConstantDecl; 99 class Expr; 100 class ExtVectorType; 101 class ExternalSemaSource; 102 class FormatAttr; 103 class FriendDecl; 104 class FunctionDecl; 105 class FunctionProtoType; 106 class FunctionTemplateDecl; 107 class ImplicitConversionSequence; 108 class InitListExpr; 109 class InitializationKind; 110 class InitializationSequence; 111 class InitializedEntity; 112 class IntegerLiteral; 113 class LabelStmt; 114 class LambdaExpr; 115 class LangOptions; 116 class LocalInstantiationScope; 117 class LookupResult; 118 class MacroInfo; 119 class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList; 120 class NamedDecl; 121 class NonNullAttr; 122 class ObjCCategoryDecl; 123 class ObjCCategoryImplDecl; 124 class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl; 125 class ObjCContainerDecl; 126 class ObjCImplDecl; 127 class ObjCImplementationDecl; 128 class ObjCInterfaceDecl; 129 class ObjCIvarDecl; 130 template <class T> class ObjCList; 131 class ObjCMessageExpr; 132 class ObjCMethodDecl; 133 class ObjCPropertyDecl; 134 class ObjCProtocolDecl; 135 class OverloadCandidateSet; 136 class OverloadExpr; 137 class ParenListExpr; 138 class ParmVarDecl; 139 class Preprocessor; 140 class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage; 141 class PseudoObjectExpr; 142 class QualType; 143 class StandardConversionSequence; 144 class Stmt; 145 class StringLiteral; 146 class SwitchStmt; 147 class TargetAttributesSema; 148 class TemplateArgument; 149 class TemplateArgumentList; 150 class TemplateArgumentLoc; 151 class TemplateDecl; 152 class TemplateParameterList; 153 class TemplatePartialOrderingContext; 154 class TemplateTemplateParmDecl; 155 class Token; 156 class TypeAliasDecl; 157 class TypedefDecl; 158 class TypedefNameDecl; 159 class TypeLoc; 160 class UnqualifiedId; 161 class UnresolvedLookupExpr; 162 class UnresolvedMemberExpr; 163 class UnresolvedSetImpl; 164 class UnresolvedSetIterator; 165 class UsingDecl; 166 class UsingShadowDecl; 167 class ValueDecl; 168 class VarDecl; 169 class VisibilityAttr; 170 class VisibleDeclConsumer; 171 class IndirectFieldDecl; 172 173 namespace sema { 174 class AccessedEntity; 175 class BlockScopeInfo; 176 class CapturingScopeInfo; 177 class CompoundScopeInfo; 178 class DelayedDiagnostic; 179 class DelayedDiagnosticPool; 180 class FunctionScopeInfo; 181 class LambdaScopeInfo; 182 class PossiblyUnreachableDiag; 183 class TemplateDeductionInfo; 184 } 185 186 // FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to 187 // TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion. 188 typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>, 189 SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack; 190 191 /// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C. 192 class Sema { 193 Sema(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 194 void operator=(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 195 mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema; 196 197 ///\brief Source of additional semantic information. 198 ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource; 199 200 ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it. 201 bool isMultiplexExternalSource; 202 203 static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD); 204 205 public: 206 typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy; 207 typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy; 208 typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy; 209 210 OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures; 211 FPOptions FPFeatures; 212 213 const LangOptions &LangOpts; 214 Preprocessor &PP; 215 ASTContext &Context; 216 ASTConsumer &Consumer; 217 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags; 218 SourceManager &SourceMgr; 219 220 /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics. 221 bool CollectStats; 222 223 /// \brief Code-completion consumer. 224 CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter; 225 226 /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing. 227 DeclContext *CurContext; 228 229 /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts, 230 /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext. 231 DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext; 232 233 /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag. 234 /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results. 235 DeclarationName VAListTagName; 236 237 /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment 238 /// of 0 indicates default alignment. 239 void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*" 240 241 bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on 242 243 /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility. 244 void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*" 245 246 /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression. 247 /// 248 /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions 249 /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions. 250 bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr; 251 252 /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context 253 /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion. 254 bool ExprNeedsCleanups; 255 256 /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring 257 /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The 258 /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object. 259 SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects; 260 261 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> MaybeODRUseExprs; 262 263 /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested 264 /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active. 265 /// 266 /// This array is never empty. Clients should ignore the first 267 /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo 268 /// that's used to parse every top-level function. 269 SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes; 270 271 typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 272 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2> 273 ExtVectorDeclsType; 274 275 /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows 276 /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names. 277 /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics. 278 ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls; 279 280 /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes. 281 OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector; 282 283 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType; 284 285 /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used. 286 NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields; 287 288 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy; 289 290 /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have 291 /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the 292 /// same list more than once. 293 OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet; 294 295 /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which 296 /// we are currently parsing the initializer. 297 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars; 298 299 /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent 300 /// locally-scoped extern "C" declaration with that name. 301 /// 302 /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local 303 /// scopes, e.g., 304 /// 305 /// \code 306 /// extern "C" void f() { 307 /// void foo(int, int); 308 /// } 309 /// \endcode 310 /// 311 /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration of 312 /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of 313 /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases: 314 /// 315 /// - If we are declaring another global or extern "C" entity with 316 /// the name "foo", we can find "foo" as a previous declaration, 317 /// so that the types of this external declaration can be checked 318 /// for compatibility. 319 /// 320 /// - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to 321 /// "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then 322 /// we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is 323 /// not visible. 324 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternCDecls; 325 326 /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name. 327 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 328 findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name); 329 330 typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 331 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2> 332 TentativeDefinitionsType; 333 334 /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU. 335 TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions; 336 337 typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 338 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2> 339 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType; 340 341 /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used 342 /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration. 343 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls; 344 345 typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 346 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2> 347 DelegatingCtorDeclsType; 348 349 /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for 350 /// cycle detection at the end of the TU. 351 DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls; 352 353 /// \brief All the destructors seen during a class definition that had their 354 /// exception spec computation delayed because it depended on an unparsed 355 /// exception spec. 356 SmallVector<CXXDestructorDecl*, 2> DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecs; 357 358 /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition 359 /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception 360 /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor. 361 SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*, 362 const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2> 363 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks; 364 365 /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both 366 /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception 367 /// specifications, along with the function type containing their 368 /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications 369 /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to 370 /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and 371 /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete. 372 SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2> 373 DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs; 374 375 /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed. 376 typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, const FunctionDecl *FD); 377 LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser; 378 void *OpaqueParser; 379 380 void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) { 381 LateTemplateParser = LTP; 382 OpaqueParser = P; 383 } 384 385 class DelayedDiagnostics; 386 387 class DelayedDiagnosticsState { 388 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool; 389 friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics; 390 }; 391 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState; 392 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState; 393 394 /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics 395 /// during parsing and other processing. 396 class DelayedDiagnostics { 397 /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed 398 /// diagnostics should go. 399 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool; 400 401 public: 402 DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {} 403 404 /// Adds a delayed diagnostic. 405 void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h 406 407 /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed. 408 bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; } 409 410 /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool. 411 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const { 412 return CurPool; 413 } 414 415 /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be 416 /// collected in this pool. 417 DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 418 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 419 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 420 CurPool = &pool; 421 return state; 422 } 423 424 /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed. 425 /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part 426 /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly". 427 void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 428 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 429 } 430 431 /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are 432 /// not delayed. 433 DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() { 434 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 435 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 436 CurPool = 0; 437 return state; 438 } 439 440 /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed(). 441 void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 442 assert(CurPool == NULL); 443 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 444 } 445 } DelayedDiagnostics; 446 447 /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context. 448 class ContextRAII { 449 private: 450 Sema &S; 451 DeclContext *SavedContext; 452 ProcessingContextState SavedContextState; 453 QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 454 455 public: 456 ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush) 457 : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext), 458 SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()), 459 SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride) 460 { 461 assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context"); 462 S.CurContext = ContextToPush; 463 } 464 465 void pop() { 466 if (!SavedContext) return; 467 S.CurContext = SavedContext; 468 S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState); 469 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 470 SavedContext = 0; 471 } 472 473 ~ContextRAII() { 474 pop(); 475 } 476 }; 477 478 /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize 479 /// a function body. 480 class SynthesizedFunctionScope { 481 Sema &S; 482 Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext; 483 484 public: 485 SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC) 486 : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC) 487 { 488 S.PushFunctionScope(); 489 S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated); 490 } 491 492 ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() { 493 S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 494 S.PopFunctionScopeInfo(); 495 } 496 }; 497 498 /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 499 /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another 500 /// identifier, declared or undeclared 501 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers; 502 503 /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 504 /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers 505 /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version 506 /// in the currently selected standard. 507 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers; 508 509 510 /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source. 511 void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(); 512 513 /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by 514 /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls. 515 /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so 516 /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack. 517 /// It would be best to refactor this. 518 SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl; 519 520 IdentifierResolver IdResolver; 521 522 /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need 523 /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace. 524 /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc. 525 Scope *TUScope; 526 527 /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides. 528 LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace; 529 530 /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++ 531 /// standard library. 532 LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc; 533 534 /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in 535 /// \<initializer_list>. 536 ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList; 537 538 /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>. 539 RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl; 540 541 /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files. 542 RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl; 543 544 /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs. 545 OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj; 546 547 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class. 548 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl; 549 550 /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *). 551 QualType NSNumberPointer; 552 553 /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals. 554 ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods]; 555 556 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class. 557 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl; 558 559 /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *). 560 QualType NSStringPointer; 561 562 /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method. 563 ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod; 564 565 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class. 566 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl; 567 568 /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method. 569 ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod; 570 571 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class. 572 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl; 573 574 /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method. 575 ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod; 576 577 /// \brief id<NSCopying> type. 578 QualType QIDNSCopying; 579 580 /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:' 581 Selector RespondsToSelectorSel; 582 583 /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete 584 /// have been declared. 585 bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared; 586 587 /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are 588 /// evaluated at run-time, if at all. 589 enum ExpressionEvaluationContext { 590 /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an 591 /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of 592 /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but 593 /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at 594 /// run time. 595 Unevaluated, 596 597 /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms, 598 /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of 599 /// cases in a switch statment). 600 ConstantEvaluated, 601 602 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time, 603 /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the 604 /// expression at run time. 605 PotentiallyEvaluated, 606 607 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any 608 /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if 609 /// in fact the current expression is used. 610 /// 611 /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which 612 /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments 613 /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced" 614 /// until the default argument is used. 615 PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed 616 }; 617 618 /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested 619 /// expression evaluation contexts. 620 struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord { 621 /// \brief The expression evaluation context. 622 ExpressionEvaluationContext Context; 623 624 /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup. 625 bool ParentNeedsCleanups; 626 627 /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression. 628 bool IsDecltype; 629 630 /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered 631 /// this expression evaluation context. 632 unsigned NumCleanupObjects; 633 634 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs; 635 636 /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it 637 /// is indeed an unevaluated context. 638 SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas; 639 640 /// \brief The declaration that provides context for the lambda expression 641 /// if the normal declaration context does not suffice, e.g., in a 642 /// default function argument. 643 Decl *LambdaContextDecl; 644 645 /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions 646 /// within this context. 647 /// 648 /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts 649 /// do not have lambda expressions. 650 IntrusiveRefCntPtr<LambdaMangleContext> LambdaMangle; 651 652 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions 653 /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type. 654 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls; 655 656 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding 657 /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor. 658 SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds; 659 660 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context, 661 unsigned NumCleanupObjects, 662 bool ParentNeedsCleanups, 663 Decl *LambdaContextDecl, 664 bool IsDecltype) 665 : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups), 666 IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects), 667 LambdaContextDecl(LambdaContextDecl), LambdaMangle() { } 668 669 /// \brief Retrieve the mangling context for lambdas. 670 LambdaMangleContext &getLambdaMangleContext() { 671 assert(LambdaContextDecl && "Need to have a lambda context declaration"); 672 if (!LambdaMangle) 673 LambdaMangle = new LambdaMangleContext; 674 return *LambdaMangle; 675 } 676 }; 677 678 /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts. 679 SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts; 680 681 /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member 682 /// function. 683 /// 684 /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the 685 /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded. 686 class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode { 687 public: 688 enum Kind { 689 NoMemberOrDeleted, 690 Ambiguous, 691 Success 692 }; 693 694 private: 695 llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair; 696 697 public: 698 SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) 699 : FastFoldingSetNode(ID) 700 {} 701 702 CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); } 703 void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); } 704 705 Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); } 706 void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); } 707 }; 708 709 /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results 710 /// for C++ records. 711 llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache; 712 713 /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing. 714 /// 715 /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform 716 /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating 717 /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has 718 /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of 719 /// checks. 720 TranslationUnitKind TUKind; 721 722 llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc; 723 724 /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped. 725 unsigned NumSFINAEErrors; 726 727 typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> > 728 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap; 729 730 /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the 731 /// set of instantiations of each parameter. 732 /// 733 /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing 734 /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates, 735 /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the 736 /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed. 737 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations; 738 739 // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default 740 // argument locations. 741 llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs; 742 743 /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a 744 /// definition in this translation unit. 745 llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed; 746 747 /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used. 748 void getUndefinedButUsed( 749 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined); 750 751 typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods; 752 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool; 753 754 /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id". 755 /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures 756 /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1% 757 /// of selectors are "overloaded"). 758 GlobalMethodPool MethodPool; 759 760 /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation 761 /// of -Wselector. 762 llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors; 763 764 /// Kinds of C++ special members. 765 enum CXXSpecialMember { 766 CXXDefaultConstructor, 767 CXXCopyConstructor, 768 CXXMoveConstructor, 769 CXXCopyAssignment, 770 CXXMoveAssignment, 771 CXXDestructor, 772 CXXInvalid 773 }; 774 775 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl; 776 777 /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of 778 /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the 779 /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared. 780 llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared; 781 782 void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel); 783 784 /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'. 785 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr); 786 787 /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be 788 /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and 789 /// should not be used elsewhere. 790 void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID); 791 792 /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound 793 /// statements. 794 class FPContractStateRAII { 795 public: 796 FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S) 797 : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {} 798 ~FPContractStateRAII() { 799 S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState; 800 } 801 private: 802 Sema& S; 803 bool OldFPContractState : 1; 804 }; 805 806 public: 807 Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer, 808 TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete, 809 CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0); 810 ~Sema(); 811 812 /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been 813 /// initialized but before it parses anything. 814 void Initialize(); 815 816 const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; } 817 OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; } 818 FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; } 819 820 DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; } 821 SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; } 822 const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const; 823 Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; } 824 ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; } 825 ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; } 826 ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const; 827 ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; } 828 829 ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists, 830 /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it. 831 /// 832 ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source. 833 /// 834 void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E); 835 836 void PrintStats() const; 837 838 /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional 839 /// template instantiation stacks. 840 /// 841 /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder 842 /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is 843 /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder 844 /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template 845 /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as 846 /// well. 847 class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder { 848 Sema &SemaRef; 849 unsigned DiagID; 850 851 public: 852 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID) 853 : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { } 854 855 ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() { 856 // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do. 857 if (!isActive()) return; 858 859 // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying 860 // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it 861 // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor. 862 // 863 // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will 864 // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be 865 // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder 866 // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to 867 // eliminate that code. 868 FlushCounts(); 869 Clear(); 870 871 // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic. 872 SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID); 873 } 874 }; 875 876 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic. 877 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) { 878 DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID); 879 return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID); 880 } 881 882 /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic. 883 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD); 884 885 /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic. 886 PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h 887 888 bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name); 889 890 /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type. 891 std::string getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T) const; 892 std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T) const; 893 894 ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; } 895 ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; } 896 StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; } 897 898 void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit(); 899 900 void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles(); 901 902 Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx); 903 904 void PushFunctionScope(); 905 void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block); 906 void PushLambdaScope(CXXRecordDecl *Lambda, CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator); 907 void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0, 908 const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0); 909 910 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const { 911 return FunctionScopes.back(); 912 } 913 914 void PushCompoundScope(); 915 void PopCompoundScope(); 916 917 sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const; 918 919 bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const; 920 921 /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any. 922 sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock(); 923 924 /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda expression, if any. 925 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda(); 926 927 /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls 928 SmallVector<Decl*,2> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; } 929 930 void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment); 931 932 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 933 // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp. 934 // 935 936 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs); 937 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVR) { 938 return BuildQualifiedType(T, Loc, Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(CVR)); 939 } 940 QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T, 941 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 942 QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef, 943 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 944 QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 945 Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals, 946 SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity); 947 QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize, 948 SourceLocation AttrLoc); 949 950 /// \brief Build a function type. 951 /// 952 /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and 953 /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have 954 /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates 955 /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much 956 /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case. 957 /// 958 /// \param T The return type of the function. 959 /// 960 /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array 961 /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the 962 /// function parameters. 963 /// 964 /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this 965 /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the 966 /// type that will have function type. 967 /// 968 /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function 969 /// type, if known. 970 /// 971 /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will 972 /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype. 973 /// 974 /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The 975 /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType. 976 /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 977 QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T, 978 llvm::MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes, 979 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, 980 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 981 982 QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class, 983 SourceLocation Loc, 984 DeclarationName Entity); 985 QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T, 986 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 987 QualType BuildParenType(QualType T); 988 QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 989 990 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S); 991 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy); 992 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T, 993 TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo); 994 995 /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType. 996 ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 997 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D); 998 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name); 999 static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0); 1000 CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E); 1001 const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 1002 const FunctionProtoType *FPT); 1003 bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, const SourceRange &Range); 1004 bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T); 1005 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New); 1006 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 1007 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 1008 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); 1009 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 1010 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1011 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 1012 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc, 1013 bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0, 1014 bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0, 1015 bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false, 1016 bool IsOperatorNew = false); 1017 bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset( 1018 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1019 const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 1020 const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc); 1021 bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1022 const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc, 1023 const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc); 1024 1025 TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1026 1027 /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype' 1028 /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type. 1029 ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc); 1030 1031 /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types. 1032 struct TypeDiagnoser { 1033 bool Suppressed; 1034 1035 TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { } 1036 1037 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 1038 virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {} 1039 }; 1040 1041 static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; } 1042 static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; } 1043 static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; } 1044 static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; } 1045 static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; } 1046 static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; } 1047 static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) { 1048 return II; 1049 } 1050 static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; } 1051 static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; } 1052 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; } 1053 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; } 1054 static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); } 1055 static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();} 1056 1057 template<typename T1> 1058 class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1059 unsigned DiagID; 1060 const T1 &Arg1; 1061 1062 public: 1063 BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) 1064 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { } 1065 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1066 if (Suppressed) return; 1067 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T; 1068 } 1069 1070 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { } 1071 }; 1072 1073 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1074 class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1075 unsigned DiagID; 1076 const T1 &Arg1; 1077 const T2 &Arg2; 1078 1079 public: 1080 BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1081 const T2 &Arg2) 1082 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1083 Arg2(Arg2) { } 1084 1085 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1086 if (Suppressed) return; 1087 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T; 1088 } 1089 1090 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { } 1091 }; 1092 1093 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1094 class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1095 unsigned DiagID; 1096 const T1 &Arg1; 1097 const T2 &Arg2; 1098 const T3 &Arg3; 1099 1100 public: 1101 BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1102 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) 1103 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1104 Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { } 1105 1106 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1107 if (Suppressed) return; 1108 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) 1109 << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T; 1110 } 1111 1112 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { } 1113 }; 1114 1115 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1116 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1117 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1118 unsigned DiagID); 1119 1120 template<typename T1> 1121 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1122 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1123 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1124 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1125 } 1126 1127 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1128 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1129 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1130 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1131 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1132 } 1133 1134 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1135 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1136 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1137 const T3 &Arg3) { 1138 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1139 Arg3); 1140 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1141 } 1142 1143 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1144 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID); 1145 1146 template<typename T1> 1147 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1148 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1149 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1150 } 1151 1152 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1153 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1154 const T2 &Arg2) { 1155 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1156 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1157 } 1158 1159 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1160 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1161 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 1162 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1163 Arg3); 1164 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1165 } 1166 1167 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1168 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1169 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID); 1170 1171 template<typename T1> 1172 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1173 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1174 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1175 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1176 } 1177 1178 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1179 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1180 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1181 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1182 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1183 } 1184 1185 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1186 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1187 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1188 const T3 &Arg3) { 1189 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1190 Arg3); 1191 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1192 } 1193 1194 QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 1195 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T); 1196 1197 QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1198 QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1199 QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 1200 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind, 1201 SourceLocation Loc); 1202 1203 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1204 // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp. 1205 // 1206 1207 /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants 1208 /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no 1209 /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches 1210 /// them into the FunctionDecl. 1211 std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope; 1212 /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter 1213 /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators 1214 /// such as: 1215 /// void f(void (*g)(), ...) 1216 unsigned InFunctionDeclarator; 1217 1218 DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0); 1219 1220 void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors(); 1221 1222 bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const; 1223 1224 ParsedType getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1225 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, 1226 bool isClassName = false, 1227 bool HasTrailingDot = false, 1228 ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(), 1229 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, 1230 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false, 1231 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0); 1232 TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S); 1233 bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S); 1234 bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 1235 SourceLocation IILoc, 1236 Scope *S, 1237 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 1238 ParsedType &SuggestedType); 1239 1240 /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed 1241 /// by \c ClassifyName(). 1242 enum NameClassificationKind { 1243 NC_Unknown, 1244 NC_Error, 1245 NC_Keyword, 1246 NC_Type, 1247 NC_Expression, 1248 NC_NestedNameSpecifier, 1249 NC_TypeTemplate, 1250 NC_FunctionTemplate 1251 }; 1252 1253 class NameClassification { 1254 NameClassificationKind Kind; 1255 ExprResult Expr; 1256 TemplateName Template; 1257 ParsedType Type; 1258 const IdentifierInfo *Keyword; 1259 1260 explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {} 1261 1262 public: 1263 NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {} 1264 1265 NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {} 1266 1267 NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) 1268 : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { } 1269 1270 static NameClassification Error() { 1271 return NameClassification(NC_Error); 1272 } 1273 1274 static NameClassification Unknown() { 1275 return NameClassification(NC_Unknown); 1276 } 1277 1278 static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() { 1279 return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier); 1280 } 1281 1282 static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1283 NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate); 1284 Result.Template = Name; 1285 return Result; 1286 } 1287 1288 static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1289 NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate); 1290 Result.Template = Name; 1291 return Result; 1292 } 1293 1294 NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; } 1295 1296 ParsedType getType() const { 1297 assert(Kind == NC_Type); 1298 return Type; 1299 } 1300 1301 ExprResult getExpression() const { 1302 assert(Kind == NC_Expression); 1303 return Expr; 1304 } 1305 1306 TemplateName getTemplateName() const { 1307 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1308 return Template; 1309 } 1310 1311 TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const { 1312 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1313 return Kind == NC_TypeTemplate? TNK_Type_template : TNK_Function_template; 1314 } 1315 }; 1316 1317 /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on 1318 /// the results of name lookup and the following token. 1319 /// 1320 /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct 1321 /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt 1322 /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name. 1323 /// 1324 /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup. 1325 /// 1326 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. 1327 /// 1328 /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name, 1329 /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly. 1330 /// 1331 /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier. 1332 /// 1333 /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help 1334 /// disambiguate the name. 1335 /// 1336 /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary 1337 /// address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an 1338 /// expression. 1339 /// 1340 /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired. 1341 NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S, 1342 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1343 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 1344 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1345 const Token &NextToken, 1346 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 1347 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 1348 1349 Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1350 1351 NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1352 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 1353 void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 1354 const LookupResult &Previous, 1355 Scope *S); 1356 bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info); 1357 bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 1358 DeclarationName Name, 1359 SourceLocation Loc); 1360 void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS); 1361 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R); 1362 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D); 1363 void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange); 1364 void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D); 1365 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1366 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1367 LookupResult &Previous); 1368 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D, 1369 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration); 1370 NamedDecl* ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1371 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1372 LookupResult &Previous, 1373 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists); 1374 // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration 1375 bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous); 1376 void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var); 1377 void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator(); 1378 void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator(); 1379 NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1380 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1381 LookupResult &Previous, 1382 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 1383 bool &AddToScope); 1384 bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1385 void checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param); 1386 1387 bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD); 1388 bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body); 1389 1390 void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1391 // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration 1392 bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, 1393 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous, 1394 bool IsExplicitSpecialization); 1395 void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D); 1396 Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1397 ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 1398 SourceLocation Loc, 1399 QualType T); 1400 ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 1401 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 1402 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 1403 StorageClass SC, StorageClass SCAsWritten); 1404 void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1405 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1406 Expr *defarg); 1407 void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1408 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1409 SourceLocation ArgLoc); 1410 void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param); 1411 bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg, 1412 SourceLocation EqualLoc); 1413 1414 void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit, 1415 bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1416 void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1417 void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl); 1418 void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D); 1419 void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc); 1420 void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc); 1421 void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D); 1422 DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 1423 Decl **Group, 1424 unsigned NumDecls); 1425 DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 1426 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 1427 1428 /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached 1429 /// documentation comments. 1430 void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D); 1431 void ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls); 1432 1433 void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1434 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls); 1435 void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD); 1436 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1437 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1438 void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1439 bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) { 1440 return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 1441 } 1442 1443 /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function 1444 /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting 1445 /// code for that function. 1446 /// 1447 /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in 1448 /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is 1449 /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14). 1450 bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D); 1451 1452 void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope); 1453 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body); 1454 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation); 1455 Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl); 1456 1457 /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an 1458 /// attribute for which parsing is delayed. 1459 void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs); 1460 1461 /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of 1462 /// ParmVarDecl pointers. 1463 void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1464 ParmVarDecl * const *End); 1465 1466 /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a 1467 /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a 1468 /// specified threshold. 1469 void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1470 ParmVarDecl * const *End, 1471 QualType ReturnTy, 1472 NamedDecl *D); 1473 1474 void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body); 1475 Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 1476 SourceLocation AsmLoc, 1477 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1478 1479 /// \brief Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration. 1480 Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S, 1481 AttributeList *AttrList, 1482 SourceLocation SemiLoc); 1483 1484 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration. 1485 /// 1486 /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any. 1487 /// 1488 /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword. 1489 /// 1490 /// \param Path The module access path. 1491 DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc, 1492 ModuleIdPath Path); 1493 1494 /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given 1495 /// source location. 1496 /// 1497 /// This routine is typically used for error recovery, when the entity found 1498 /// by name lookup is actually hidden within a module that we know about but 1499 /// the user has forgotten to import. 1500 void createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod); 1501 1502 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1503 PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const { 1504 return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP); 1505 } 1506 1507 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1508 static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx, 1509 const Preprocessor &PP); 1510 1511 /// Scope actions. 1512 void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S); 1513 void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S); 1514 1515 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1516 DeclSpec &DS); 1517 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1518 DeclSpec &DS, 1519 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 1520 bool IsExplicitInstantiation = false); 1521 1522 Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1523 AccessSpecifier AS, 1524 RecordDecl *Record); 1525 1526 Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1527 RecordDecl *Record); 1528 1529 bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 1530 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 1531 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 1532 const IdentifierInfo &Name); 1533 1534 enum TagUseKind { 1535 TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;' 1536 TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;' 1537 TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;' 1538 TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;' 1539 }; 1540 1541 Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 1542 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1543 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1544 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 1545 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 1546 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 1547 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 1548 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 1549 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType); 1550 1551 Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc, 1552 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc, 1553 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1554 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1555 AttributeList *Attr, 1556 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists); 1557 1558 TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S, 1559 unsigned TagSpec, 1560 TagUseKind TUK, 1561 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1562 IdentifierInfo *Name, 1563 SourceLocation TagLoc, 1564 SourceLocation NameLoc); 1565 1566 void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1567 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 1568 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls); 1569 Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1570 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth); 1571 1572 FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1573 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1574 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1575 AccessSpecifier AS); 1576 1577 FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 1578 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1579 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 1580 bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1581 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1582 SourceLocation TSSL, 1583 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 1584 Declarator *D = 0); 1585 1586 bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD); 1587 void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM); 1588 bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 1589 bool Diagnose = false); 1590 CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1591 void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart, 1592 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls); 1593 Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1594 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1595 tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility); 1596 1597 // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations. 1598 void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl, 1599 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 1600 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 1601 AttributeList *AttrList); 1602 1603 /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the 1604 /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class, 1605 /// struct, or union). 1606 void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1607 1608 Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl); 1609 1610 /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a 1611 /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its 1612 /// member declarations. 1613 void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1614 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 1615 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 1616 1617 /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing 1618 /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union). 1619 void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1620 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 1621 1622 void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 1623 1624 /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container 1625 /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs. 1626 /// 1627 /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext 1628 void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1629 void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1630 1631 /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable 1632 /// error parsing the definition of a tag. 1633 void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1634 1635 EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 1636 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 1637 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1638 IdentifierInfo *Id, 1639 Expr *val); 1640 bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI); 1641 bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 1642 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev); 1643 1644 Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant, 1645 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 1646 AttributeList *Attrs, 1647 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val); 1648 void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 1649 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl, 1650 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 1651 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr); 1652 1653 DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC); 1654 1655 /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped. 1656 void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1657 void PopDeclContext(); 1658 1659 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1660 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1661 void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1662 void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S); 1663 1664 /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope. 1665 void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D); 1666 void ActOnExitFunctionContext(); 1667 1668 DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 1669 1670 /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer 1671 /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently 1672 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1673 FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl(); 1674 1675 /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to 1676 /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently 1677 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1678 ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl(); 1679 1680 /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method 1681 /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently 1682 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1683 NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); 1684 1685 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1686 void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true); 1687 1688 /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the 1689 /// top level scope. 1690 /// 1691 /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push. 1692 /// 1693 /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration. 1694 void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name); 1695 1696 /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true 1697 /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns 1698 /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context. 1699 /// 1700 /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking 1701 /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template 1702 /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false. 1703 bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0, 1704 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false); 1705 1706 /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it 1707 /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL. 1708 static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1709 1710 /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator(). 1711 TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 1712 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1713 bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New); 1714 1715 /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added. 1716 AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range, 1717 IdentifierInfo *Platform, 1718 VersionTuple Introduced, 1719 VersionTuple Deprecated, 1720 VersionTuple Obsoleted, 1721 bool IsUnavailable, 1722 StringRef Message, 1723 bool Override, 1724 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1725 TypeVisibilityAttr *mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1726 TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, 1727 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1728 VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1729 VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, 1730 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1731 DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1732 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1733 DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1734 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1735 FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Format, 1736 int FormatIdx, int FirstArg, 1737 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1738 SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name, 1739 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1740 1741 /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability 1742 /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability"). 1743 enum AvailabilityMergeKind { 1744 /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all. 1745 AMK_None, 1746 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires 1747 /// an exact match. 1748 AMK_Redeclaration, 1749 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires 1750 /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints. 1751 AMK_Override 1752 }; 1753 1754 void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 1755 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration); 1756 void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1757 bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S); 1758 bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 1759 Scope *S); 1760 void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old); 1761 void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1762 void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1763 void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1764 bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S); 1765 1766 // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions 1767 // to represent what is actually causing the operation 1768 enum AssignmentAction { 1769 AA_Assigning, 1770 AA_Passing, 1771 AA_Returning, 1772 AA_Converting, 1773 AA_Initializing, 1774 AA_Sending, 1775 AA_Casting 1776 }; 1777 1778 /// C++ Overloading. 1779 enum OverloadKind { 1780 /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are 1781 /// functions or function templates with different signatures. 1782 Ovl_Overload, 1783 1784 /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches 1785 /// an existing declaration. 1786 Ovl_Match, 1787 1788 /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a 1789 /// non-function. 1790 Ovl_NonFunction 1791 }; 1792 OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S, 1793 FunctionDecl *New, 1794 const LookupResult &OldDecls, 1795 NamedDecl *&OldDecl, 1796 bool IsForUsingDecl); 1797 bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl); 1798 1799 /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current 1800 /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored. 1801 /// 1802 /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside 1803 /// an available function, false otherwise. 1804 bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD); 1805 1806 ImplicitConversionSequence 1807 TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1808 bool SuppressUserConversions, 1809 bool AllowExplicit, 1810 bool InOverloadResolution, 1811 bool CStyle, 1812 bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); 1813 1814 bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1815 bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1816 bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1817 bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1818 bool InOverloadResolution, 1819 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1820 bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1821 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1822 bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1823 QualType &ConvertedType); 1824 bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1825 QualType& ConvertedType); 1826 bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, 1827 const FunctionProtoType *NewType, 1828 unsigned *ArgPos = 0); 1829 void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 1830 QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1831 1832 CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E); 1833 bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1834 CastKind &Kind, 1835 CXXCastPath& BasePath, 1836 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1837 bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1838 bool InOverloadResolution, 1839 QualType &ConvertedType); 1840 bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1841 CastKind &Kind, 1842 CXXCastPath &BasePath, 1843 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1844 bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1845 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 1846 bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1847 QualType &ResultTy); 1848 bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 1849 1850 1851 ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1852 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate, 1853 QualType ResultType, 1854 Expr *Value, 1855 bool AllowNRVO = true); 1856 1857 bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1858 ExprResult Init); 1859 ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1860 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1861 ExprResult Init, 1862 bool TopLevelOfInitList = false, 1863 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1864 ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, 1865 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1866 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1867 CXXMethodDecl *Method); 1868 1869 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From); 1870 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From); 1871 1872 /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required. 1873 enum CCEKind { 1874 CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label. 1875 CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type. 1876 CCEK_TemplateArg ///< Value of a non-type template parameter. 1877 }; 1878 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, 1879 llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE); 1880 1881 /// \brief Abstract base class used to diagnose problems that occur while 1882 /// trying to convert an expression to integral or enumeration type. 1883 class ICEConvertDiagnoser { 1884 public: 1885 bool Suppress; 1886 bool SuppressConversion; 1887 1888 ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false, 1889 bool SuppressConversion = false) 1890 : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) { } 1891 1892 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have 1893 /// integral or enumeration type. 1894 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1895 QualType T) = 0; 1896 1897 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type. 1898 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1899 QualType T) = 0; 1900 1901 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function 1902 /// is explicit. 1903 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1904 QualType T, 1905 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1906 1907 /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function. 1908 virtual DiagnosticBuilder 1909 noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1910 1911 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion 1912 /// functions. 1913 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1914 QualType T) = 0; 1915 1916 /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions. 1917 virtual DiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 1918 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1919 1920 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function 1921 /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function). 1922 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1923 QualType T, 1924 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1925 1926 virtual ~ICEConvertDiagnoser() {} 1927 }; 1928 1929 ExprResult 1930 ConvertToIntegralOrEnumerationType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, 1931 ICEConvertDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 1932 bool AllowScopedEnumerations); 1933 1934 enum ObjCSubscriptKind { 1935 OS_Array, 1936 OS_Dictionary, 1937 OS_Error 1938 }; 1939 ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE); 1940 1941 // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as 1942 // this is used for diagnostics logic. 1943 enum ObjCLiteralKind { 1944 LK_Array, 1945 LK_Dictionary, 1946 LK_Numeric, 1947 LK_Boxed, 1948 LK_String, 1949 LK_Block, 1950 LK_None 1951 }; 1952 ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE); 1953 1954 ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, 1955 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1956 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1957 NamedDecl *Member); 1958 1959 // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*. 1960 // TODO: make this is a typesafe union. 1961 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet; 1962 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet; 1963 1964 void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function, 1965 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1966 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1967 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1968 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 1969 bool PartialOverloading = false, 1970 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1971 void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, 1972 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1973 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1974 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 1975 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 1976 void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1977 QualType ObjectType, 1978 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1979 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1980 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1981 bool SuppressUserConversion = false); 1982 void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, 1983 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1984 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, 1985 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1986 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1987 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1988 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1989 void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, 1990 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1991 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1992 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1993 QualType ObjectType, 1994 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1995 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1996 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1997 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1998 void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 1999 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2000 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2001 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2002 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2003 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 2004 void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 2005 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2006 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2007 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 2008 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2009 void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 2010 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2011 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2012 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 2013 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet); 2014 void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 2015 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2016 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2017 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 2018 Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2019 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2020 void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 2021 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2022 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2023 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2024 SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange()); 2025 void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys, 2026 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2027 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2028 bool IsAssignmentOperator = false, 2029 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0); 2030 void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 2031 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2032 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2033 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2034 void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, 2035 bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc, 2036 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2037 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2038 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2039 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2040 2041 // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate 2042 void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType()); 2043 2044 // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates 2045 // identified by the expression Expr 2046 void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType()); 2047 2048 // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] 2049 // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType 2050 // R (A) --> R(A) 2051 // R (*)(A) --> R (A) 2052 // R (&)(A) --> R (A) 2053 // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) 2054 QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType); 2055 2056 FunctionDecl * 2057 ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, 2058 QualType TargetType, 2059 bool Complain, 2060 DeclAccessPair &Found, 2061 bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0); 2062 2063 FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, 2064 bool Complain = false, 2065 DeclAccessPair* Found = 0); 2066 2067 bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( 2068 ExprResult &SrcExpr, 2069 bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false, 2070 bool Complain = false, 2071 const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(), 2072 QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(), 2073 unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0); 2074 2075 2076 Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, 2077 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2078 FunctionDecl *Fn); 2079 ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult, 2080 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2081 FunctionDecl *Fn); 2082 2083 void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2084 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2085 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, 2086 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2087 2088 // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a 2089 // range-based for loop. 2090 enum ForRangeStatus { 2091 FRS_Success, 2092 FRS_NoViableFunction, 2093 FRS_DiagnosticIssued 2094 }; 2095 2096 // An enum to represent whether something is dealing with a call to begin() 2097 // or a call to end() in a range-based for loop. 2098 enum BeginEndFunction { 2099 BEF_begin, 2100 BEF_end 2101 }; 2102 2103 ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 2104 SourceLocation RangeLoc, 2105 VarDecl *Decl, 2106 BeginEndFunction BEF, 2107 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2108 LookupResult &MemberLookup, 2109 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2110 Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr); 2111 2112 ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, 2113 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2114 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2115 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2116 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2117 Expr *ExecConfig, 2118 bool AllowTypoCorrection=true); 2119 2120 bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2121 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2122 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2123 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2124 ExprResult *Result); 2125 2126 ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2127 unsigned Opc, 2128 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2129 Expr *input); 2130 2131 ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2132 unsigned Opc, 2133 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2134 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 2135 2136 ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, 2137 SourceLocation RLoc, 2138 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx); 2139 2140 ExprResult 2141 BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr, 2142 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr **Args, 2143 unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2144 ExprResult 2145 BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2146 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2147 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2148 2149 ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 2150 SourceLocation OpLoc); 2151 2152 /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is 2153 /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location 2154 /// that best represents the call. 2155 bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, 2156 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD); 2157 2158 /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions. 2159 bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl **Param, ParmVarDecl **ParamEnd, 2160 bool CheckParameterNames); 2161 void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD); 2162 void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D); 2163 Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S); 2164 2165 /// \name Name lookup 2166 /// 2167 /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic 2168 /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers, 2169 /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or 2170 /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry 2171 /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup, 2172 /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup. 2173 /// 2174 /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria, 2175 /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how 2176 /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both 2177 /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore 2178 /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name 2179 /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name 2180 /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration. 2181 /// 2182 /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name 2183 /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation 2184 /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing 2185 /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup 2186 /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or 2187 /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name 2188 /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides 2189 /// the ability to distinguish among them. 2190 //@{ 2191 2192 /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform. 2193 enum LookupNameKind { 2194 /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions, 2195 /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names 2196 /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++. 2197 LookupOrdinaryName = 0, 2198 /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes, 2199 /// structs, and unions. 2200 LookupTagName, 2201 /// Label name lookup. 2202 LookupLabel, 2203 /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of 2204 /// class/struct/union members. 2205 LookupMemberName, 2206 /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with 2207 /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name 2208 /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members. 2209 LookupOperatorName, 2210 /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution 2211 /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object, 2212 /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1). 2213 LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, 2214 /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or 2215 /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++ 2216 /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1). 2217 LookupNamespaceName, 2218 /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name, 2219 /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate 2220 /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration. 2221 LookupUsingDeclName, 2222 /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a 2223 /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that 2224 /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See 2225 /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6. 2226 LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage, 2227 /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol. 2228 LookupObjCProtocolName, 2229 /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method. 2230 LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam, 2231 /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name. 2232 LookupAnyName 2233 }; 2234 2235 /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a 2236 /// redeclaration (vs. a reference). 2237 enum RedeclarationKind { 2238 /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the 2239 /// purpose of redeclaring the name. 2240 NotForRedeclaration = 0, 2241 /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name, 2242 /// if an entity by that name already exists. 2243 ForRedeclaration 2244 }; 2245 2246 /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator. 2247 enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult { 2248 /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error. 2249 LOLR_Error, 2250 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which 2251 /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it. 2252 LOLR_Cooked, 2253 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects 2254 /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token. 2255 LOLR_Raw, 2256 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, 2257 /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be 2258 /// passed as a non-type template argument pack. 2259 LOLR_Template 2260 }; 2261 2262 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D, 2263 CXXSpecialMember SM, 2264 bool ConstArg, 2265 bool VolatileArg, 2266 bool RValueThis, 2267 bool ConstThis, 2268 bool VolatileThis); 2269 2270 private: 2271 bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S); 2272 2273 // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls. 2274 // 2275 // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded 2276 // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise. 2277 llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces; 2278 2279 /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal 2280 /// source. 2281 bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces; 2282 2283 public: 2284 /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return 2285 /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded. 2286 /// 2287 /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle 2288 /// ambiguity and overloaded. 2289 NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name, 2290 SourceLocation Loc, 2291 LookupNameKind NameKind, 2292 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2293 = NotForRedeclaration); 2294 bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, 2295 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false); 2296 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, 2297 bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false); 2298 bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2299 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false, 2300 bool EnteringContext = false); 2301 ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, 2302 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2303 = NotForRedeclaration); 2304 2305 void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S, 2306 QualType T1, QualType T2, 2307 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions); 2308 2309 LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 2310 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation()); 2311 2312 DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2313 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2314 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2315 unsigned Quals); 2316 CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2317 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2318 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2319 unsigned Quals); 2320 CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2321 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2322 CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2323 2324 LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R, 2325 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys, 2326 bool AllowRawAndTemplate); 2327 bool isKnownName(StringRef name); 2328 2329 void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator, 2330 SourceLocation Loc, 2331 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2332 ADLResult &Functions); 2333 2334 void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind, 2335 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2336 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2337 void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind, 2338 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2339 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2340 2341 TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, 2342 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, 2343 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2344 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2345 DeclContext *MemberContext = 0, 2346 bool EnteringContext = false, 2347 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0); 2348 2349 void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, 2350 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2351 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces, 2352 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses); 2353 2354 void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 2355 bool ConsiderLinkage, 2356 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 2357 2358 bool DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result); 2359 //@} 2360 2361 ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 2362 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2363 bool TypoCorrection = false); 2364 NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 2365 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 2366 SourceLocation Loc); 2367 NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II, 2368 Scope *S); 2369 void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD); 2370 2371 // More parsing and symbol table subroutines. 2372 2373 void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2374 // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2375 void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD, 2376 bool NonInheritable = true, 2377 bool Inheritable = true); 2378 void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL, 2379 bool NonInheritable = true, 2380 bool Inheritable = true, 2381 bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true); 2382 bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl, 2383 const AttributeList *AttrList); 2384 2385 void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D); 2386 2387 bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value); 2388 bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC, 2389 const FunctionDecl *FD = 0); 2390 bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr); 2391 void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D); 2392 2393 /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2394 StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs, 2395 SourceRange Range); 2396 2397 void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method, 2398 bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID); 2399 void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2400 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2401 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2402 2403 void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2404 ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 2405 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2406 2407 /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method 2408 /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration. 2409 void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2410 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2411 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2412 2413 bool isPropertyReadonly(ObjCPropertyDecl *PropertyDecl, 2414 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2415 2416 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet; 2417 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap; 2418 2419 /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented 2420 /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it. 2421 void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc, 2422 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl, 2423 bool& IncompleteImpl, 2424 const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2425 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2426 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl); 2427 2428 /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables 2429 /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface. 2430 void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl, 2431 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars, 2432 SourceLocation Loc); 2433 2434 /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method 2435 /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation. 2436 void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2437 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2438 bool IncompleteImpl = false); 2439 2440 /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties 2441 /// which must be implemented by this implementation. 2442 void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2443 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2444 const SelectorSet &InsMap); 2445 2446 /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all 2447 /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation. 2448 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2449 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2450 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2451 2452 /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in 2453 /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class. 2454 void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2455 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap, 2456 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap); 2457 2458 /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is 2459 /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor 2460 /// declared in class 'IFace'. 2461 bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace, 2462 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV); 2463 2464 /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in 2465 /// class extensions. 2466 ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S, 2467 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2468 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2469 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2470 Selector GetterSel, 2471 Selector SetterSel, 2472 const bool isAssign, 2473 const bool isReadWrite, 2474 const unsigned Attributes, 2475 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2476 bool *isOverridingProperty, 2477 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2478 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind); 2479 2480 /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to 2481 /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface. 2482 ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S, 2483 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2484 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2485 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2486 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2487 Selector GetterSel, 2488 Selector SetterSel, 2489 const bool isAssign, 2490 const bool isReadWrite, 2491 const unsigned Attributes, 2492 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2493 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2494 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 2495 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 2496 2497 /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via 2498 /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared 2499 /// setter or getter. 2500 void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2501 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl); 2502 2503 void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D); 2504 2505 void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID); 2506 2507 enum MethodMatchStrategy { 2508 MMS_loose, 2509 MMS_strict 2510 }; 2511 2512 /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns 2513 /// true, or false, accordingly. 2514 bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2515 const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod, 2516 MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict); 2517 2518 /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or 2519 /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations. 2520 void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2521 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2522 SelectorSet &InsMapSeen, 2523 SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen, 2524 ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2525 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2526 bool &IncompleteImpl, 2527 bool ImmediateClass, 2528 bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false); 2529 2530 /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in 2531 /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and 2532 /// warns each time an exact match is found. 2533 void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP); 2534 2535 /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods. 2536 void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method); 2537 2538 private: 2539 /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global 2540 /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool. 2541 void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance); 2542 2543 /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and 2544 /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures. 2545 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2546 bool receiverIdOrClass, 2547 bool warn, bool instance); 2548 2549 public: 2550 /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation 2551 /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate 2552 /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking 2553 /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown). 2554 void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2555 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true); 2556 } 2557 2558 /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods. 2559 void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2560 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false); 2561 } 2562 2563 /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global 2564 /// pool. 2565 void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D); 2566 2567 /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2568 /// there are multiple signatures. 2569 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2570 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2571 bool warn=true) { 2572 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2573 warn, /*instance*/true); 2574 } 2575 2576 /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2577 /// there are multiple signatures. 2578 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2579 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2580 bool warn=true) { 2581 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2582 warn, /*instance*/false); 2583 } 2584 2585 /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an 2586 /// implementation. 2587 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel); 2588 2589 /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require 2590 /// initialization. 2591 void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 2592 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars); 2593 2594 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2595 // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp. 2596 public: 2597 class FullExprArg { 2598 public: 2599 FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { } 2600 2601 // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this 2602 // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics 2603 // emulation code from Ownership.h). 2604 FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {} 2605 2606 ExprResult release() { 2607 return E; 2608 } 2609 2610 Expr *get() const { return E; } 2611 2612 Expr *operator->() { 2613 return E; 2614 } 2615 2616 private: 2617 // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just 2618 // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below. 2619 friend class Sema; 2620 2621 explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {} 2622 2623 Expr *E; 2624 }; 2625 2626 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2627 return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation()); 2628 } 2629 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) { 2630 return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release()); 2631 } 2632 FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2633 ExprResult FE = 2634 ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(), 2635 /*DiscardedValue*/ true); 2636 return FullExprArg(FE.release()); 2637 } 2638 2639 StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg); 2640 2641 StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc, 2642 bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false); 2643 2644 void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2645 void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2646 StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, 2647 MultiStmtArg Elts, 2648 bool isStmtExpr); 2649 2650 /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement. 2651 class CompoundScopeRAII { 2652 public: 2653 CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) { 2654 S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2655 } 2656 2657 ~CompoundScopeRAII() { 2658 S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2659 } 2660 2661 private: 2662 Sema &S; 2663 }; 2664 2665 StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl, 2666 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2667 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2668 void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl); 2669 StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E); 2670 StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal, 2671 SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal, 2672 SourceLocation ColonLoc); 2673 void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt); 2674 2675 StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2676 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2677 Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope); 2678 StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl, 2679 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt); 2680 2681 StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc, 2682 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs, 2683 Stmt *SubStmt); 2684 2685 StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, 2686 FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar, 2687 Stmt *ThenVal, 2688 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); 2689 StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2690 Expr *Cond, 2691 Decl *CondVar); 2692 StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2693 Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body); 2694 StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2695 FullExprArg Cond, 2696 Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body); 2697 StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body, 2698 SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2699 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond, 2700 SourceLocation CondRParen); 2701 2702 StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2703 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2704 Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second, 2705 Decl *SecondVar, 2706 FullExprArg Third, 2707 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2708 Stmt *Body); 2709 ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc, 2710 Expr *collection); 2711 StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc, 2712 Stmt *First, Expr *collection, 2713 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2714 StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body); 2715 2716 enum BuildForRangeKind { 2717 /// Initial building of a for-range statement. 2718 BFRK_Build, 2719 /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't 2720 /// attempt any typo-correction. 2721 BFRK_Rebuild, 2722 /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any 2723 /// unnecessary or irreversible actions. 2724 BFRK_Check 2725 }; 2726 2727 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *LoopVar, 2728 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection, 2729 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2730 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2731 StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2732 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2733 Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl, 2734 Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc, 2735 Stmt *LoopVarDecl, 2736 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2737 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2738 StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body); 2739 2740 StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2741 SourceLocation LabelLoc, 2742 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 2743 StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2744 SourceLocation StarLoc, 2745 Expr *DestExp); 2746 StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2747 StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2748 2749 const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E, 2750 bool AllowFunctionParameters); 2751 2752 StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2753 StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2754 2755 StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple, 2756 bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs, 2757 unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names, 2758 MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs, 2759 Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers, 2760 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2761 2762 NamedDecl *LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(StringRef Name, SourceLocation Loc, 2763 unsigned &Length, unsigned &Size, 2764 unsigned &Type, bool &IsVarDecl); 2765 bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member, 2766 unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc); 2767 StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 2768 ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks, SourceLocation EndLoc); 2769 2770 VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType, 2771 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2772 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 2773 bool Invalid = false); 2774 2775 Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2776 2777 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen, 2778 Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body); 2779 2780 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2781 2782 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try, 2783 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally); 2784 2785 StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw); 2786 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw, 2787 Scope *CurScope); 2788 ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc, 2789 Expr *operand); 2790 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, 2791 Expr *SynchExpr, 2792 Stmt *SynchBody); 2793 2794 StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2795 2796 VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2797 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2798 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2799 IdentifierInfo *Id); 2800 2801 Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2802 2803 StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc, 2804 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock); 2805 StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, 2806 MultiStmtArg Handlers); 2807 2808 StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ? 2809 SourceLocation TryLoc, 2810 Stmt *TryBlock, 2811 Stmt *Handler); 2812 2813 StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2814 Expr *FilterExpr, 2815 Stmt *Block); 2816 2817 StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2818 Stmt *Block); 2819 2820 void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock); 2821 2822 bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const; 2823 2824 /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track 2825 /// of it. 2826 void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D); 2827 2828 /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression 2829 /// whose result is unused, warn. 2830 void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S); 2831 void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND); 2832 2833 /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null 2834 /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line. 2835 /// 2836 /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as: 2837 /// if (condition); 2838 /// do_stuff(); 2839 void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc, 2840 const Stmt *Body, 2841 unsigned DiagID); 2842 2843 /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by 2844 /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body. 2845 void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S, 2846 const Stmt *PossibleBody); 2847 2848 ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 2849 return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool); 2850 } 2851 void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl); 2852 2853 typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState; 2854 ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() { 2855 return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed(); 2856 } 2857 void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) { 2858 DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state); 2859 } 2860 2861 void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool); 2862 2863 void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message, 2864 SourceLocation Loc, 2865 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass, 2866 const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCProperty); 2867 2868 void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 2869 2870 bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc, 2871 StringRef message); 2872 2873 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2874 // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp. 2875 2876 bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D); 2877 bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2878 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0); 2879 void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD); 2880 std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD); 2881 bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 2882 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter, 2883 SourceLocation Loc); 2884 void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2885 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 2886 2887 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 2888 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 2889 bool IsDecltype = false); 2890 enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl }; 2891 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 2892 ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 2893 bool IsDecltype = false); 2894 void PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 2895 2896 void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 2897 2898 ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E); 2899 ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E); 2900 2901 ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res); 2902 2903 // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also 2904 // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or 2905 // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants 2906 // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking 2907 // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the 2908 // named expressions. 2909 void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool OdrUse); 2910 void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func); 2911 void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var); 2912 void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E); 2913 void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E); 2914 2915 void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E); 2916 void CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 2917 2918 enum TryCaptureKind { 2919 TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef 2920 }; 2921 2922 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2923 /// 2924 /// \param Var The variable to capture. 2925 /// 2926 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs. 2927 /// 2928 /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a 2929 /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda). 2930 /// 2931 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in 2932 /// an explicit lambda capture. 2933 /// 2934 /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the 2935 /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether 2936 /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining 2937 /// if the variable cannot be captured. 2938 /// 2939 /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture 2940 /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the 2941 /// variable can be captured. 2942 /// 2943 /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture 2944 /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be 2945 /// captured. 2946 /// 2947 /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be 2948 /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded. 2949 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind, 2950 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, 2951 QualType &CaptureType, 2952 QualType &DeclRefType); 2953 2954 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2955 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, 2956 TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit, 2957 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation()); 2958 2959 /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that 2960 /// variable will have in the given scope. 2961 QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); 2962 2963 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); 2964 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, 2965 bool SkipLocalVariables = false); 2966 2967 /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a 2968 /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was 2969 /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid. 2970 bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD, 2971 bool ForceComplain = false, 2972 bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0); 2973 2974 /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call. 2975 bool isExprCallable(const Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy, 2976 UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads); 2977 2978 /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current 2979 /// evaluation context. 2980 /// 2981 /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the 2982 /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic 2983 /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable. 2984 /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted. 2985 bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, 2986 const PartialDiagnostic &PD); 2987 2988 // Primary Expressions. 2989 SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const; 2990 2991 ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2992 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2993 UnqualifiedId &Id, 2994 bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand, 2995 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 2996 2997 void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, 2998 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, 2999 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3000 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs); 3001 3002 bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, 3003 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 3004 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0, 3005 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = ArrayRef<Expr *>()); 3006 3007 ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S, 3008 IdentifierInfo *II, 3009 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false); 3010 3011 ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3012 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3013 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3014 bool isAddressOfOperand, 3015 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3016 3017 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 3018 ExprValueKind VK, 3019 SourceLocation Loc, 3020 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 3021 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 3022 ExprValueKind VK, 3023 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3024 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 3025 ExprResult 3026 BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3027 SourceLocation nameLoc, 3028 IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField, 3029 Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0, 3030 SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation()); 3031 ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3032 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3033 LookupResult &R, 3034 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3035 ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3036 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3037 LookupResult &R, 3038 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3039 bool IsDefiniteInstance); 3040 bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3041 const LookupResult &R, 3042 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3043 3044 ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3045 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3046 bool IsAddressOfOperand); 3047 ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3048 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3049 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3050 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3051 3052 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3053 LookupResult &R, 3054 bool NeedsADL); 3055 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3056 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3057 NamedDecl *D); 3058 3059 ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, 3060 DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, 3061 ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 3062 SourceLocation LitEndLoc, 3063 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 3064 3065 ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3066 ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val); 3067 ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3068 ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3069 ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E); 3070 ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, 3071 SourceLocation R, 3072 MultiExprArg Val); 3073 3074 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string 3075 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). 3076 ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks, 3077 Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3078 3079 ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 3080 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 3081 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3082 Expr *ControllingExpr, 3083 MultiTypeArg ArgTypes, 3084 MultiExprArg ArgExprs); 3085 ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 3086 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 3087 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3088 Expr *ControllingExpr, 3089 TypeSourceInfo **Types, 3090 Expr **Exprs, 3091 unsigned NumAssocs); 3092 3093 // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. 3094 ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, 3095 Expr *InputExpr); 3096 ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3097 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input); 3098 ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3099 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input); 3100 3101 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3102 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3103 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3104 SourceRange R); 3105 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3106 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3107 ExprResult 3108 ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3109 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3110 bool IsType, void *TyOrEx, 3111 const SourceRange &ArgRange); 3112 3113 ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E); 3114 bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E); 3115 3116 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3117 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3118 SourceRange ExprRange, 3119 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3120 ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S, 3121 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3122 IdentifierInfo &Name, 3123 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3124 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3125 ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3126 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input); 3127 3128 ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3129 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3130 ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3131 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3132 3133 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3134 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3135 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3136 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3137 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3138 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3139 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3140 3141 // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow 3142 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after 3143 // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the 3144 // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class 3145 // defines a custom operator->). 3146 struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs { 3147 Scope *S; 3148 UnqualifiedId &Id; 3149 Decl *ObjCImpDecl; 3150 bool HasTrailingLParen; 3151 }; 3152 3153 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3154 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3155 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3156 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3157 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3158 LookupResult &R, 3159 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3160 bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false, 3161 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0); 3162 3163 ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow); 3164 ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base, 3165 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3166 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3167 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3168 bool HasTemplateArgs); 3169 3170 bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType, 3171 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3172 const LookupResult &R); 3173 3174 ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3175 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3176 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3177 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3178 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3179 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3180 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3181 3182 ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3183 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3184 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3185 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3186 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3187 UnqualifiedId &Member, 3188 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3189 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3190 3191 void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl); 3192 bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, 3193 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 3194 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 3195 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 3196 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3197 bool ExecConfig = false); 3198 void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3199 ParmVarDecl *Param, 3200 const Expr *ArgExpr); 3201 3202 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. 3203 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma 3204 /// locations. 3205 ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3206 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3207 Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false); 3208 ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, 3209 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3210 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 3211 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3212 Expr *Config = 0, 3213 bool IsExecConfig = false); 3214 3215 ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc, 3216 MultiExprArg ExecConfig, 3217 SourceLocation GGGLoc); 3218 3219 ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3220 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, 3221 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr); 3222 ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3223 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3224 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3225 Expr *Op); 3226 CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType); 3227 3228 /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal. 3229 ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3230 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, 3231 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 3232 3233 ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME); 3234 3235 ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3236 ParsedType Ty, 3237 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3238 Expr *InitExpr); 3239 3240 ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3241 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3242 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3243 Expr *LiteralExpr); 3244 3245 ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 3246 MultiExprArg InitArgList, 3247 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 3248 3249 ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig, 3250 SourceLocation Loc, 3251 bool GNUSyntax, 3252 ExprResult Init); 3253 3254 ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, 3255 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3256 ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3257 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3258 ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, 3259 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3260 3261 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null 3262 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. 3263 ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 3264 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3265 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3266 3267 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". 3268 ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, 3269 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 3270 3271 void ActOnStartStmtExpr(); 3272 ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, 3273 SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})" 3274 void ActOnStmtExprError(); 3275 3276 // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*) 3277 struct OffsetOfComponent { 3278 SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd; 3279 bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident 3280 union { 3281 IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo; 3282 Expr *E; 3283 } U; 3284 }; 3285 3286 /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c) 3287 ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3288 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3289 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3290 unsigned NumComponents, 3291 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3292 ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, 3293 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3294 SourceLocation TypeLoc, 3295 ParsedType ParsedArgTy, 3296 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3297 unsigned NumComponents, 3298 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3299 3300 // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2) 3301 ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3302 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, 3303 Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3304 3305 // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type) 3306 ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, 3307 SourceLocation RPLoc); 3308 ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, 3309 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3310 3311 // __null 3312 ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc); 3313 3314 bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E); 3315 3316 /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check. 3317 enum IfExistsResult { 3318 /// \brief The symbol exists. 3319 IER_Exists, 3320 3321 /// \brief The symbol does not exist. 3322 IER_DoesNotExist, 3323 3324 /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ 3325 /// from one instantiation to the next. 3326 IER_Dependent, 3327 3328 /// \brief An error occurred. 3329 IER_Error 3330 }; 3331 3332 IfExistsResult 3333 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3334 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo); 3335 3336 IfExistsResult 3337 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3338 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3339 UnqualifiedId &Name); 3340 3341 StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3342 bool IsIfExists, 3343 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 3344 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, 3345 Stmt *Nested); 3346 StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3347 bool IsIfExists, 3348 CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name, 3349 Stmt *Nested); 3350 3351 //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===// 3352 3353 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is 3354 /// started. 3355 void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3356 3357 /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments. 3358 /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked. 3359 void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo, 3360 Scope *CurScope); 3361 3362 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback 3363 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. 3364 void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3365 3366 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement 3367 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} 3368 ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body, 3369 Scope *CurScope); 3370 3371 //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===// 3372 3373 /// __builtin_astype(...) 3374 ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, 3375 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3376 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3377 3378 //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===// 3379 3380 // Act on C++ namespaces 3381 Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc, 3382 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3383 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3384 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 3385 SourceLocation LBrace, 3386 AttributeList *AttrList); 3387 void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace); 3388 3389 NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const; 3390 NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace(); 3391 3392 CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const; 3393 3394 /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if 3395 /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element. 3396 bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element); 3397 3398 /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it 3399 /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found. 3400 /// 3401 /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error. 3402 QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc); 3403 3404 /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as 3405 /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2. 3406 bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor); 3407 3408 Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope, 3409 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3410 SourceLocation NamespcLoc, 3411 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3412 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3413 IdentifierInfo *NamespcName, 3414 AttributeList *AttrList); 3415 3416 void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir); 3417 3418 Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope, 3419 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3420 SourceLocation AliasLoc, 3421 IdentifierInfo *Alias, 3422 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3423 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3424 IdentifierInfo *Ident); 3425 3426 void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow); 3427 bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target, 3428 const LookupResult &PreviousDecls); 3429 UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD, 3430 NamedDecl *Target); 3431 3432 bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3433 bool isTypeName, 3434 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3435 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3436 const LookupResult &Previous); 3437 bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3438 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3439 SourceLocation NameLoc); 3440 3441 NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3442 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3443 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3444 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3445 AttributeList *AttrList, 3446 bool IsInstantiation, 3447 bool IsTypeName, 3448 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3449 3450 bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD); 3451 3452 Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3453 AccessSpecifier AS, 3454 bool HasUsingKeyword, 3455 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3456 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3457 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3458 AttributeList *AttrList, 3459 bool IsTypeName, 3460 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3461 Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3462 AccessSpecifier AS, 3463 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3464 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3465 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3466 AttributeList *AttrList, 3467 TypeResult Type); 3468 3469 /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor, 3470 /// including handling of its default argument expressions. 3471 /// 3472 /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind 3473 ExprResult 3474 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3475 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs, 3476 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization, 3477 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, 3478 SourceRange ParenRange); 3479 3480 // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if 3481 // the constructor can be elidable? 3482 ExprResult 3483 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3484 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, 3485 MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates, 3486 bool IsListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit, 3487 unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange); 3488 3489 /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating 3490 /// the default expr if needed. 3491 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3492 FunctionDecl *FD, 3493 ParmVarDecl *Param); 3494 3495 /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the 3496 /// constructed variable. 3497 void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType); 3498 3499 /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for 3500 /// implicitly-declared special member functions. 3501 class ImplicitExceptionSpecification { 3502 // Pointer to allow copying 3503 Sema *Self; 3504 // We order exception specifications thus: 3505 // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11. 3506 // throw() comes next. 3507 // Then a throw(collected exceptions) 3508 // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false). 3509 // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it. 3510 ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST; 3511 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen; 3512 SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions; 3513 3514 void ClearExceptions() { 3515 ExceptionsSeen.clear(); 3516 Exceptions.clear(); 3517 } 3518 3519 public: 3520 explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self) 3521 : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) { 3522 if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 3523 ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone; 3524 } 3525 3526 /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type. 3527 ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { 3528 assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && 3529 "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result"); 3530 return ComputedEST; 3531 } 3532 3533 /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification. 3534 unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); } 3535 3536 /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification. 3537 const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); } 3538 3539 /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data. 3540 void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3541 3542 /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data. 3543 void CalledExpr(Expr *E); 3544 3545 /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this 3546 /// computed exception specification. 3547 void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 3548 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType(); 3549 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) { 3550 EPI.NumExceptions = size(); 3551 EPI.Exceptions = data(); 3552 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None) { 3553 /// C++11 [except.spec]p14: 3554 /// The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of 3555 /// potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any" 3556 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_ComputedNoexcept; 3557 EPI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(), 3558 tok::kw_false).take(); 3559 } 3560 } 3561 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const { 3562 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 3563 getEPI(EPI); 3564 return EPI; 3565 } 3566 }; 3567 3568 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3569 /// copy constructor of a class will have. 3570 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3571 ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 3572 CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3573 3574 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3575 /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter 3576 /// will be const. 3577 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3578 ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3579 3580 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled 3581 /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the 3582 /// parameter will be const. 3583 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3584 ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3585 3586 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3587 /// constructor of a class will have. 3588 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3589 ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3590 3591 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3592 /// assignment operator of a class will have. 3593 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3594 ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3595 3596 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3597 /// destructor of a class will have. 3598 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3599 ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3600 3601 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification an inheriting 3602 /// constructor of a class will have. 3603 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3604 ComputeInheritingCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3605 3606 /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted 3607 /// special member function. 3608 void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3609 3610 /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the 3611 /// extended prototype information with the results. 3612 void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, 3613 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, 3614 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, 3615 Expr *NoexceptExpr, 3616 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions, 3617 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 3618 3619 /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted 3620 /// definition when it is defaulted. 3621 bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 3622 bool Diagnose = false); 3623 3624 /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class. 3625 /// 3626 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3627 /// default constructor will be added. 3628 /// 3629 /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor. 3630 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor( 3631 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3632 3633 /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3634 /// defining this constructor as the default constructor. 3635 void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3636 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3637 3638 /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class. 3639 /// 3640 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3641 /// destructor will be added. 3642 /// 3643 /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor. 3644 CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3645 3646 /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of 3647 /// defining this destructor as the default destructor. 3648 void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3649 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3650 3651 /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one. 3652 /// 3653 /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one 3654 /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared. 3655 void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 3656 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3657 3658 /// \brief Declare all inheriting constructors for the given class. 3659 /// 3660 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inheriting 3661 /// constructors will be added. 3662 void DeclareInheritingConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3663 3664 /// \brief Define the specified inheriting constructor. 3665 void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc, 3666 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3667 3668 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class. 3669 /// 3670 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3671 /// copy constructor will be added. 3672 /// 3673 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor. 3674 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3675 3676 /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3677 /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor. 3678 void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3679 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3680 3681 /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class. 3682 /// 3683 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3684 /// move constructor will be added. 3685 /// 3686 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't 3687 /// declared. 3688 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3689 3690 /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3691 /// defining this constructor as the move constructor. 3692 void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3693 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3694 3695 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class. 3696 /// 3697 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3698 /// copy assignment operator will be added. 3699 /// 3700 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3701 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3702 3703 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3704 void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3705 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3706 3707 /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class. 3708 /// 3709 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3710 /// move assignment operator will be added. 3711 /// 3712 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it 3713 /// wasn't declared. 3714 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3715 3716 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator. 3717 void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3718 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3719 3720 /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this 3721 /// class. 3722 void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 3723 3724 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted 3725 /// special member function. 3726 bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD); 3727 3728 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member 3729 /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be. 3730 /// 3731 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3732 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3733 3734 /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static 3735 /// member function. 3736 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3737 3738 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given 3739 /// static member function. 3740 /// 3741 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3742 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3743 3744 /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with 3745 /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise 3746 /// it simply returns the passed in expression. 3747 ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E); 3748 3749 bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3750 MultiExprArg ArgsPtr, 3751 SourceLocation Loc, 3752 SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs, 3753 bool AllowExplicit = false, 3754 bool IsListInitialization = false); 3755 3756 ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3757 IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 3758 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3759 ParsedType ObjectType, 3760 bool EnteringContext); 3761 3762 ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType); 3763 3764 // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior. 3765 void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType, 3766 bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range); 3767 3768 /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's. 3769 ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3770 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3771 SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc, 3772 Declarator &D, 3773 SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc, 3774 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3775 Expr *E, 3776 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3777 3778 ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3779 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3780 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3781 Expr *E, 3782 SourceRange AngleBrackets, 3783 SourceRange Parens); 3784 3785 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3786 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3787 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3788 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3789 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3790 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3791 Expr *Operand, 3792 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3793 3794 /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ). 3795 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3796 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3797 void *TyOrExpr, 3798 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3799 3800 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3801 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3802 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3803 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3804 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3805 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3806 Expr *Operand, 3807 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3808 3809 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ). 3810 ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3811 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3812 void *TyOrExpr, 3813 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3814 3815 3816 //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer. 3817 ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc); 3818 3819 /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer. 3820 /// 3821 /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 3822 QualType getCurrentThisType(); 3823 3824 /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the 3825 /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases, 3826 /// this provides the type used for 'this'. 3827 QualType CXXThisTypeOverride; 3828 3829 /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression 3830 /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type. 3831 class CXXThisScopeRAII { 3832 Sema &S; 3833 QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 3834 bool Enabled; 3835 3836 public: 3837 /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled), 3838 /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a 3839 /// class) along with the given qualifiers. 3840 /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'. 3841 CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 3842 bool Enabled = true); 3843 3844 ~CXXThisScopeRAII(); 3845 }; 3846 3847 /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current 3848 /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context. 3849 /// 3850 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs. 3851 /// 3852 /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda 3853 /// capture list. 3854 void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false); 3855 3856 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used 3857 /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently 3858 /// being defined. 3859 bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType); 3860 3861 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 3862 ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3863 3864 3865 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. 3866 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3867 3868 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 3869 ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc); 3870 3871 //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 3872 ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr); 3873 ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 3874 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3875 ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E, 3876 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3877 3878 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 3879 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 3880 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 3881 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 3882 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 3883 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3884 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3885 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3886 3887 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type, 3888 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3889 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3890 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3891 3892 /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression. 3893 ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 3894 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3895 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3896 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3897 SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D, 3898 Expr *Initializer); 3899 ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, 3900 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3901 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3902 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3903 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 3904 QualType AllocType, 3905 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 3906 Expr *ArraySize, 3907 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 3908 Expr *Initializer, 3909 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 3910 3911 bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 3912 SourceRange R); 3913 bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3914 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray, 3915 Expr **PlaceArgs, unsigned NumPlaceArgs, 3916 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 3917 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete); 3918 bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3919 DeclarationName Name, Expr** Args, 3920 unsigned NumArgs, DeclContext *Ctx, 3921 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator, 3922 bool Diagnose = true); 3923 void DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 3924 void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return, 3925 QualType Argument, 3926 bool addMallocAttr = false); 3927 3928 bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 3929 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator, 3930 bool Diagnose = true); 3931 3932 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression 3933 ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, 3934 bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm, 3935 Expr *Operand); 3936 3937 DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 3938 ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 3939 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 3940 bool ConvertToBoolean); 3941 3942 ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen, 3943 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen); 3944 ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 3945 SourceLocation RParen); 3946 3947 /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 3948 /// pseudo-functions. 3949 ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 3950 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3951 ParsedType Ty, 3952 SourceLocation RParen); 3953 3954 ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 3955 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3956 TypeSourceInfo *T, 3957 SourceLocation RParen); 3958 3959 /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 3960 /// pseudo-functions. 3961 ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT, 3962 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3963 ParsedType LhsTy, 3964 ParsedType RhsTy, 3965 SourceLocation RParen); 3966 3967 ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT, 3968 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3969 TypeSourceInfo *LhsT, 3970 TypeSourceInfo *RhsT, 3971 SourceLocation RParen); 3972 3973 /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions. 3974 ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 3975 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 3976 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3977 ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 3978 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 3979 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3980 3981 /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 3982 /// pseudo-functions. 3983 ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 3984 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3985 ParsedType LhsTy, 3986 Expr *DimExpr, 3987 SourceLocation RParen); 3988 3989 ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 3990 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3991 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 3992 Expr *DimExpr, 3993 SourceLocation RParen); 3994 3995 /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 3996 /// pseudo-functions. 3997 ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 3998 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3999 Expr *Queried, 4000 SourceLocation RParen); 4001 4002 ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 4003 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4004 Expr *Queried, 4005 SourceLocation RParen); 4006 4007 ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, 4008 Expr *Base, 4009 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4010 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4011 ParsedType &ObjectType, 4012 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor); 4013 4014 ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr); 4015 4016 ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 4017 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4018 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4019 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4020 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType, 4021 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4022 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4023 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType, 4024 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4025 4026 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 4027 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4028 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4029 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4030 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 4031 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4032 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4033 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName, 4034 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4035 4036 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 4037 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4038 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4039 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4040 const DeclSpec& DS, 4041 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4042 4043 /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression 4044 /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node. 4045 /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression. 4046 Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr); 4047 Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt); 4048 ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr); 4049 4050 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) { 4051 return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc() 4052 : SourceLocation()); 4053 } 4054 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC, 4055 bool DiscardedValue = false, 4056 bool IsConstexpr = false); 4057 StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt); 4058 4059 // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type. 4060 bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC); 4061 4062 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T); 4063 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4064 bool EnteringContext = false); 4065 bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4066 CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 4067 bool isUnknownSpecialization(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4068 4069 /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'. 4070 /// 4071 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4072 /// 4073 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4074 /// 4075 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place 4076 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. 4077 /// 4078 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4079 bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc, 4080 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4081 4082 bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD); 4083 NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 4084 4085 bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4086 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4087 IdentifierInfo &II, 4088 ParsedType ObjectType); 4089 4090 bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4091 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4092 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4093 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4094 QualType ObjectType, 4095 bool EnteringContext, 4096 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4097 NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult, 4098 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup); 4099 4100 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'. 4101 /// 4102 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4103 /// 4104 /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'. 4105 /// 4106 /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier. 4107 /// 4108 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4109 /// 4110 /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing 4111 /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression. 4112 /// 4113 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by 4114 /// this nested-name-specifier. 4115 /// 4116 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4117 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4118 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4119 /// including this new type). 4120 /// 4121 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4122 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4123 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4124 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4125 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4126 ParsedType ObjectType, 4127 bool EnteringContext, 4128 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4129 4130 ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E); 4131 4132 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4133 const DeclSpec &DS, 4134 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc); 4135 4136 bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4137 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4138 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4139 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4140 ParsedType ObjectType, 4141 bool EnteringContext); 4142 4143 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 4144 /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'. 4145 /// 4146 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4147 /// 4148 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4149 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4150 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4151 /// including this new type). 4152 /// 4153 /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 4154 /// \param TemplateName the template name. 4155 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 4156 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 4157 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 4158 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 4159 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4160 /// 4161 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the 4162 /// nested-name-specifier. 4163 /// 4164 /// 4165 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4166 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4167 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4168 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4169 TemplateTy TemplateName, 4170 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4171 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4172 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4173 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4174 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4175 bool EnteringContext); 4176 4177 /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value 4178 /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given 4179 /// nested-name-specifier. 4180 /// 4181 /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier. 4182 /// 4183 /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the 4184 /// nested-name-specifier \p SS. 4185 void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4186 4187 /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore 4188 /// the nested-name-specifier structure. 4189 /// 4190 /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by 4191 /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(). 4192 /// 4193 /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation. 4194 /// 4195 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents 4196 /// of the annotation pointer. 4197 void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation, 4198 SourceRange AnnotationRange, 4199 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4200 4201 bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4202 4203 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global 4204 /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id. 4205 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be 4206 /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and 4207 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called. 4208 /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec. 4209 bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4210 4211 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously 4212 /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same 4213 /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well. 4214 /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the 4215 /// defining scope. 4216 void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4217 4218 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an 4219 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4220 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a 4221 /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of 4222 /// class X. 4223 void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4224 4225 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an 4226 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4227 void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4228 4229 /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type. 4230 CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4231 TypeSourceInfo *Info, 4232 bool KnownDependent); 4233 4234 /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression. 4235 CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4236 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4237 TypeSourceInfo *MethodType, 4238 SourceLocation EndLoc, 4239 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params); 4240 4241 /// \brief Introduce the scope for a lambda expression. 4242 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *enterLambdaScope(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 4243 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4244 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault, 4245 bool ExplicitParams, 4246 bool ExplicitResultType, 4247 bool Mutable); 4248 4249 /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the 4250 /// given lambda. 4251 void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); 4252 4253 /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope. 4254 void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope); 4255 4256 /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return 4257 /// statements present in the body. 4258 void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI); 4259 4260 /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start 4261 /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and 4262 /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the 4263 /// lambda. 4264 void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 4265 Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); 4266 4267 /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback 4268 /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda. 4269 void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope, 4270 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4271 4272 /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression 4273 /// was successfully completed. 4274 ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body, 4275 Scope *CurScope, 4276 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4277 4278 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4279 /// function pointer. 4280 /// 4281 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4282 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4283 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4284 /// block pointer conversion. 4285 void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion( 4286 SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4287 4288 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4289 /// block pointer. 4290 /// 4291 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4292 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4293 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4294 /// block pointer conversion. 4295 void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc, 4296 CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4297 4298 ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 4299 SourceLocation ConvLocation, 4300 CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 4301 Expr *Src); 4302 4303 // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals. 4304 ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs, 4305 Expr **Strings, 4306 unsigned NumStrings); 4307 4308 ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S); 4309 4310 /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4311 /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *" 4312 /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable. 4313 ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number); 4314 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc, 4315 bool Value); 4316 ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements); 4317 4318 /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4319 /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will 4320 /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of 4321 /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or 4322 /// "char *" or "const char *". 4323 ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr); 4324 4325 ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr, 4326 Expr *IndexExpr, 4327 ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod, 4328 ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod); 4329 4330 ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR, 4331 ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements, 4332 unsigned NumElements); 4333 4334 ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4335 TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo, 4336 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4337 ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 4338 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 4339 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 4340 4341 ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4342 SourceLocation EncodeLoc, 4343 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4344 ParsedType Ty, 4345 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4346 4347 /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector 4348 ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel, 4349 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4350 SourceLocation SelLoc, 4351 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4352 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4353 4354 /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol 4355 ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName, 4356 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4357 SourceLocation ProtoLoc, 4358 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4359 SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc, 4360 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4361 4362 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4363 // C++ Declarations 4364 // 4365 Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4366 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4367 SourceLocation LangLoc, 4368 StringRef Lang, 4369 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 4370 Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4371 Decl *LinkageSpec, 4372 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 4373 4374 4375 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4376 // C++ Classes 4377 // 4378 bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S, 4379 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 4380 4381 bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access, 4382 SourceLocation ASLoc, 4383 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4384 AttributeList *Attrs = 0); 4385 4386 NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 4387 Declarator &D, 4388 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4389 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS, 4390 InClassInitStyle InitStyle); 4391 void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4392 Expr *Init); 4393 4394 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4395 Scope *S, 4396 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4397 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4398 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4399 const DeclSpec &DS, 4400 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4401 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4402 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 4403 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4404 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4405 4406 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4407 Scope *S, 4408 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4409 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4410 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4411 const DeclSpec &DS, 4412 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4413 Expr *InitList, 4414 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4415 4416 MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4417 Scope *S, 4418 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4419 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4420 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4421 const DeclSpec &DS, 4422 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4423 Expr *Init, 4424 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4425 4426 MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member, 4427 Expr *Init, 4428 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4429 4430 MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType, 4431 TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo, 4432 Expr *Init, 4433 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 4434 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4435 4436 MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4437 Expr *Init, 4438 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4439 4440 bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4441 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer); 4442 4443 bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors, 4444 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = 4445 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *>()); 4446 4447 void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation); 4448 4449 4450 /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl, 4451 /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as 4452 /// referenced. 4453 void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4454 CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4455 4456 /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within 4457 /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the 4458 /// first use occurred. 4459 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse; 4460 4461 /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been 4462 /// materialized. 4463 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses; 4464 4465 /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within 4466 /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is 4467 /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed 4468 /// by code generation). 4469 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed; 4470 4471 /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses. 4472 void LoadExternalVTableUses(); 4473 4474 typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 4475 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2> 4476 DynamicClassesType; 4477 4478 /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation 4479 /// unit. 4480 DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses; 4481 4482 /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the 4483 /// given location. 4484 void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4485 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 4486 4487 /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions 4488 /// in the given class as needed. 4489 void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc, 4490 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4491 4492 /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given 4493 /// CXXRecordDecl referenced. 4494 void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4495 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4496 4497 /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this 4498 /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those 4499 /// vtables. 4500 /// 4501 /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise. 4502 bool DefineUsedVTables(); 4503 4504 void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4505 4506 void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl, 4507 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4508 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits, 4509 bool AnyErrors); 4510 4511 void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4512 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc, 4513 Decl *TagDecl, 4514 SourceLocation LBrac, 4515 SourceLocation RBrac, 4516 AttributeList *AttrList); 4517 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls(); 4518 4519 void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template); 4520 void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D); 4521 void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4522 void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4523 void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param); 4524 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4525 void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4526 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record); 4527 void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, bool Flag = true); 4528 bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction(); 4529 4530 Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4531 Expr *AssertExpr, 4532 Expr *AssertMessageExpr, 4533 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4534 Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4535 Expr *AssertExpr, 4536 StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr, 4537 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4538 bool Failed); 4539 4540 FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart, 4541 SourceLocation FriendLoc, 4542 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo); 4543 Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 4544 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4545 NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4546 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4547 4548 QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4549 StorageClass& SC); 4550 void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 4551 QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4552 StorageClass& SC); 4553 bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 4554 void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, 4555 StorageClass& SC); 4556 Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion); 4557 4558 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 4559 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD, 4560 const FunctionProtoType *T); 4561 void CheckDelayedExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs(); 4562 4563 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4564 // C++ Derived Classes 4565 // 4566 4567 /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier 4568 CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4569 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4570 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4571 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4572 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4573 4574 BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl, 4575 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4576 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 4577 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4578 ParsedType basetype, 4579 SourceLocation BaseLoc, 4580 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4581 4582 bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4583 unsigned NumBases); 4584 void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4585 unsigned NumBases); 4586 4587 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base); 4588 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4589 4590 // FIXME: I don't like this name. 4591 void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4592 4593 bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4594 4595 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4596 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4597 CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 4598 bool IgnoreAccess = false); 4599 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4600 unsigned InaccessibleBaseID, 4601 unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID, 4602 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4603 DeclarationName Name, 4604 CXXCastPath *BasePath); 4605 4606 std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4607 4608 bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4609 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4610 4611 /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are 4612 /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5. 4613 bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4614 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4615 4616 /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception 4617 /// spec is a subset of base spec. 4618 bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4619 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4620 4621 bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange); 4622 4623 /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics. 4624 void CheckOverrideControl(Decl *D); 4625 4626 /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function 4627 /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to 4628 /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4. 4629 bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4630 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4631 4632 4633 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4634 // C++ Access Control 4635 // 4636 4637 enum AccessResult { 4638 AR_accessible, 4639 AR_inaccessible, 4640 AR_dependent, 4641 AR_delayed 4642 }; 4643 4644 bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl, 4645 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl, 4646 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS); 4647 4648 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E, 4649 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4650 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E, 4651 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4652 AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc, 4653 SourceRange PlacementRange, 4654 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, 4655 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 4656 bool Diagnose = true); 4657 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4658 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4659 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4660 AccessSpecifier Access, 4661 bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false); 4662 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4663 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4664 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4665 AccessSpecifier Access, 4666 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); 4667 AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4668 CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor, 4669 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 4670 QualType objectType = QualType()); 4671 AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D); 4672 AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4673 Expr *ObjectExpr, 4674 Expr *ArgExpr, 4675 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4676 AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr, 4677 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4678 AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc, 4679 QualType Base, QualType Derived, 4680 const CXXBasePath &Path, 4681 unsigned DiagID, 4682 bool ForceCheck = false, 4683 bool ForceUnprivileged = false); 4684 void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R); 4685 bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx); 4686 bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl, 4687 AccessSpecifier access, 4688 QualType objectType); 4689 4690 void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD, 4691 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4692 void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern, 4693 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4694 4695 void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 4696 4697 /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE 4698 /// failures rather than hard errors. 4699 bool AccessCheckingSFINAE; 4700 4701 enum AbstractDiagSelID { 4702 AbstractNone = -1, 4703 AbstractReturnType, 4704 AbstractParamType, 4705 AbstractVariableType, 4706 AbstractFieldType, 4707 AbstractIvarType, 4708 AbstractArrayType 4709 }; 4710 4711 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4712 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 4713 template<typename T1> 4714 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4715 unsigned DiagID, 4716 const T1 &Arg1) { 4717 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 4718 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4719 } 4720 4721 template<typename T1, typename T2> 4722 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4723 unsigned DiagID, 4724 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 4725 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 4726 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4727 } 4728 4729 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 4730 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4731 unsigned DiagID, 4732 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 4733 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3); 4734 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4735 } 4736 4737 void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4738 4739 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, 4740 AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone); 4741 4742 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4743 // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5] 4744 // 4745 4746 bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4747 4748 bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4749 4750 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4751 // C++ Templates [C++ 14] 4752 // 4753 void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4754 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4755 bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4756 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4757 4758 void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4759 QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext, 4760 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4761 4762 TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S, 4763 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4764 bool hasTemplateKeyword, 4765 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4766 ParsedType ObjectType, 4767 bool EnteringContext, 4768 TemplateTy &Template, 4769 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4770 4771 bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 4772 SourceLocation IILoc, 4773 Scope *S, 4774 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, 4775 TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate, 4776 TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind); 4777 4778 void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl); 4779 TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl); 4780 4781 Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis, 4782 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4783 SourceLocation KeyLoc, 4784 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4785 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4786 unsigned Depth, unsigned Position, 4787 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4788 ParsedType DefaultArg); 4789 4790 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 4791 Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4792 unsigned Depth, 4793 unsigned Position, 4794 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4795 Expr *DefaultArg); 4796 Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S, 4797 SourceLocation TmpLoc, 4798 TemplateParameterList *Params, 4799 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4800 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4801 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4802 unsigned Depth, 4803 unsigned Position, 4804 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4805 ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg); 4806 4807 TemplateParameterList * 4808 ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth, 4809 SourceLocation ExportLoc, 4810 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4811 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4812 Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 4813 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4814 4815 /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter 4816 /// list. 4817 enum TemplateParamListContext { 4818 TPC_ClassTemplate, 4819 TPC_FunctionTemplate, 4820 TPC_ClassTemplateMember, 4821 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate, 4822 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition, 4823 TPC_TypeAliasTemplate 4824 }; 4825 4826 bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams, 4827 TemplateParameterList *OldParams, 4828 TemplateParamListContext TPC); 4829 TemplateParameterList * 4830 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, 4831 SourceLocation DeclLoc, 4832 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4833 TemplateParameterList **ParamLists, 4834 unsigned NumParamLists, 4835 bool IsFriend, 4836 bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, 4837 bool &Invalid); 4838 4839 DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4840 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4841 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 4842 AttributeList *Attr, 4843 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, 4844 AccessSpecifier AS, 4845 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4846 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists, 4847 TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists); 4848 4849 void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In, 4850 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out); 4851 4852 void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name); 4853 4854 QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template, 4855 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4856 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); 4857 4858 TypeResult 4859 ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4860 TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4861 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4862 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4863 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4864 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false); 4865 4866 /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id, 4867 /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>. 4868 TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK, 4869 TypeSpecifierType TagSpec, 4870 SourceLocation TagLoc, 4871 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4872 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4873 TemplateTy TemplateD, 4874 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4875 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4876 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn, 4877 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4878 4879 4880 ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4881 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4882 LookupResult &R, 4883 bool RequiresADL, 4884 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4885 4886 ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4887 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4888 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 4889 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4890 4891 TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S, 4892 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4893 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4894 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4895 ParsedType ObjectType, 4896 bool EnteringContext, 4897 TemplateTy &Template); 4898 4899 DeclResult 4900 ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4901 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4902 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4903 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4904 TemplateTy Template, 4905 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4906 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4907 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4908 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4909 AttributeList *Attr, 4910 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 4911 4912 Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S, 4913 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4914 Declarator &D); 4915 4916 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 4917 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4918 Declarator &D); 4919 4920 bool 4921 CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc, 4922 TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK, 4923 NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 4924 TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK, 4925 SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation, 4926 bool &SuppressNew); 4927 4928 bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4929 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4930 LookupResult &Previous); 4931 4932 bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4933 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4934 LookupResult &Previous); 4935 bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); 4936 4937 DeclResult 4938 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4939 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4940 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4941 unsigned TagSpec, 4942 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4943 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4944 TemplateTy Template, 4945 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4946 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4947 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4948 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4949 AttributeList *Attr); 4950 4951 DeclResult 4952 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4953 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4954 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4955 unsigned TagSpec, 4956 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4957 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4958 IdentifierInfo *Name, 4959 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4960 AttributeList *Attr); 4961 4962 DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4963 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4964 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4965 Declarator &D); 4966 4967 TemplateArgumentLoc 4968 SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template, 4969 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4970 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4971 Decl *Param, 4972 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 4973 4974 /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template 4975 /// argument is being checked. 4976 enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind { 4977 /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was 4978 /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments. 4979 CTAK_Specified, 4980 4981 /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument 4982 /// deduction. 4983 CTAK_Deduced, 4984 4985 /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound 4986 /// via template argument deduction. 4987 CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound 4988 }; 4989 4990 bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param, 4991 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4992 NamedDecl *Template, 4993 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4994 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4995 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex, 4996 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 4997 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 4998 4999 /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to 5000 /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way. 5001 /// 5002 /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being 5003 /// provided. 5004 /// 5005 /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source. 5006 /// 5007 /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is 5008 /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of 5009 /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template 5010 /// arguments. 5011 /// 5012 /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is 5013 /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial 5014 /// set of template arguments. 5015 /// 5016 /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template 5017 /// arguments. 5018 /// 5019 /// 5020 /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate 5021 /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being 5022 /// expanded into a fixed parameter list. 5023 /// 5024 /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5025 bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template, 5026 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5027 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs, 5028 bool PartialTemplateArgs, 5029 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 5030 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0); 5031 5032 bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 5033 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5034 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 5035 5036 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 5037 TypeSourceInfo *Arg); 5038 ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5039 QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg, 5040 TemplateArgument &Converted, 5041 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 5042 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5043 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5044 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex); 5045 5046 ExprResult 5047 BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 5048 QualType ParamType, 5049 SourceLocation Loc); 5050 ExprResult 5051 BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 5052 SourceLocation Loc); 5053 5054 /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared 5055 /// for equality. 5056 enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind { 5057 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates 5058 /// that might be redeclarations. 5059 /// 5060 /// \code 5061 /// template<typename T> struct X; 5062 /// template<typename T> struct X; 5063 /// \endcode 5064 TPL_TemplateMatch, 5065 5066 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template 5067 /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists 5068 /// of two templates that might be redeclarations. 5069 /// 5070 /// \code 5071 /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X; 5072 /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X; 5073 /// \endcode 5074 TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch, 5075 5076 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template 5077 /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template 5078 /// template parameter. 5079 /// 5080 /// \code 5081 /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X; 5082 /// template<int Value> struct integer_c; 5083 /// X<integer_c> xic; 5084 /// \endcode 5085 TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch 5086 }; 5087 5088 bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New, 5089 TemplateParameterList *Old, 5090 bool Complain, 5091 TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind, 5092 SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc 5093 = SourceLocation()); 5094 5095 bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams); 5096 5097 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 5098 /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type". 5099 /// 5100 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 5101 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 5102 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 5103 /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example). 5104 /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier. 5105 TypeResult 5106 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5107 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II, 5108 SourceLocation IdLoc); 5109 5110 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 5111 /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g., 5112 /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>". 5113 /// 5114 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 5115 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 5116 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 5117 /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 5118 /// \param TemplateName The template name. 5119 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 5120 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 5121 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 5122 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 5123 TypeResult 5124 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5125 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5126 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5127 TemplateTy TemplateName, 5128 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5129 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5130 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5131 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 5132 5133 QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 5134 SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 5135 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 5136 const IdentifierInfo &II, 5137 SourceLocation IILoc); 5138 5139 TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5140 SourceLocation Loc, 5141 DeclarationName Name); 5142 bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 5143 5144 ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E); 5145 bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation( 5146 TemplateParameterList *Params); 5147 5148 std::string 5149 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5150 const TemplateArgumentList &Args); 5151 5152 std::string 5153 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5154 const TemplateArgument *Args, 5155 unsigned NumArgs); 5156 5157 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5158 // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic]) 5159 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5160 5161 /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is 5162 /// being diagnosed. 5163 /// 5164 /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first 5165 /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic. 5166 enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext { 5167 /// \brief An arbitrary expression. 5168 UPPC_Expression = 0, 5169 5170 /// \brief The base type of a class type. 5171 UPPC_BaseType, 5172 5173 /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration. 5174 UPPC_DeclarationType, 5175 5176 /// \brief The type of a data member. 5177 UPPC_DataMemberType, 5178 5179 /// \brief The size of a bit-field. 5180 UPPC_BitFieldWidth, 5181 5182 /// \brief The expression in a static assertion. 5183 UPPC_StaticAssertExpression, 5184 5185 /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration. 5186 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType, 5187 5188 /// \brief The enumerator value. 5189 UPPC_EnumeratorValue, 5190 5191 /// \brief A using declaration. 5192 UPPC_UsingDeclaration, 5193 5194 /// \brief A friend declaration. 5195 UPPC_FriendDeclaration, 5196 5197 /// \brief A declaration qualifier. 5198 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier, 5199 5200 /// \brief An initializer. 5201 UPPC_Initializer, 5202 5203 /// \brief A default argument. 5204 UPPC_DefaultArgument, 5205 5206 /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter. 5207 UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType, 5208 5209 /// \brief The type of an exception. 5210 UPPC_ExceptionType, 5211 5212 /// \brief Partial specialization. 5213 UPPC_PartialSpecialization, 5214 5215 /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists. 5216 UPPC_IfExists, 5217 5218 /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists. 5219 UPPC_IfNotExists, 5220 5221 /// \brief Lambda expression. 5222 UPPC_Lambda, 5223 5224 /// \brief Block expression, 5225 UPPC_Block 5226 }; 5227 5228 /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs. 5229 /// 5230 /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic. 5231 /// 5232 /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded 5233 /// parameter packs. 5234 /// 5235 /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs. 5236 /// 5237 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5238 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc, 5239 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC, 5240 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded); 5241 5242 /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5243 /// diagnose the error. 5244 /// 5245 /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted. 5246 /// 5247 /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter 5248 /// packs. 5249 /// 5250 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5251 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T, 5252 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5253 5254 /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter 5255 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5256 /// 5257 /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded 5258 /// parameter packs. 5259 /// 5260 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5261 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E, 5262 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression); 5263 5264 /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded 5265 /// parameter pack, diagnose the error. 5266 /// 5267 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for 5268 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5269 /// 5270 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5271 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5272 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5273 5274 /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5275 /// diagnose the error. 5276 /// 5277 /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that 5278 /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs. 5279 /// 5280 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5281 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5282 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5283 5284 /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5285 /// diagnose the error. 5286 /// 5287 /// \param Loc The location of the template name. 5288 /// 5289 /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded 5290 /// parameter packs. 5291 /// 5292 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5293 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, 5294 TemplateName Template, 5295 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5296 5297 /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter 5298 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5299 /// 5300 /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded 5301 /// parameter packs. 5302 /// 5303 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5304 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5305 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5306 5307 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5308 /// template argument. 5309 /// 5310 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5311 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5312 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg, 5313 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5314 5315 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5316 /// template argument. 5317 /// 5318 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5319 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5320 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5321 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5322 5323 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5324 /// type. 5325 /// 5326 /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find 5327 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5328 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T, 5329 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5330 5331 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5332 /// type. 5333 /// 5334 /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find 5335 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5336 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL, 5337 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5338 5339 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5340 /// nested-name-specifier. 5341 /// 5342 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find 5343 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5344 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5345 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5346 5347 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5348 /// name. 5349 /// 5350 /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find 5351 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5352 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5353 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5354 5355 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an 5356 /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion. 5357 /// 5358 /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which 5359 /// may already be invalid. 5360 /// 5361 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5362 ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg, 5363 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5364 5365 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which 5366 /// creates a pack expansion. 5367 /// 5368 /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5369 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5370 /// 5371 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5372 TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5373 5374 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5375 /// expansion. 5376 TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern, 5377 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5378 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5379 5380 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5381 /// expansion. 5382 QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern, 5383 SourceRange PatternRange, 5384 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5385 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5386 5387 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5388 /// creates a pack expansion. 5389 /// 5390 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5391 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5392 /// 5393 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5394 ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5395 5396 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5397 /// creates a pack expansion. 5398 /// 5399 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5400 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5401 /// 5402 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5403 ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5404 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5405 5406 /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the 5407 /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly 5408 /// transforming the pattern. 5409 /// 5410 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the 5411 /// pack expansion. 5412 /// 5413 /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of 5414 /// the pack expansion. 5415 /// 5416 /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the 5417 /// pattern. 5418 /// 5419 /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should 5420 /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When 5421 /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set. 5422 /// 5423 /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded 5424 /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used 5425 /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per 5426 /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9. 5427 /// 5428 /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in 5429 /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an 5430 /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the 5431 /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution) 5432 /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known. 5433 /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may 5434 /// set this value in other cases. 5435 /// 5436 /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs 5437 /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false 5438 /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions) 5439 /// must be set. 5440 bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5441 SourceRange PatternRange, 5442 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded, 5443 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5444 bool &ShouldExpand, 5445 bool &RetainExpansion, 5446 Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions); 5447 5448 /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion 5449 /// type. 5450 /// 5451 /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is 5452 /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern. 5453 /// 5454 /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded. 5455 Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T, 5456 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5457 5458 /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded 5459 /// parameter packs. 5460 /// 5461 /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators 5462 /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g., 5463 /// 5464 /// \code 5465 /// void f(T...); 5466 /// \endcode 5467 /// 5468 /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or 5469 /// a variadic function. 5470 /// 5471 /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs, 5472 /// false otherwise. 5473 bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D); 5474 5475 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5476 // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct]) 5477 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5478 5479 /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction. 5480 /// 5481 /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of 5482 /// template argument deduction, as returned from 5483 /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo 5484 /// structure provides additional information about the results of 5485 /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument 5486 /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or 5487 /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure. 5488 enum TemplateDeductionResult { 5489 /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful. 5490 TDK_Success = 0, 5491 /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing. 5492 TDK_Invalid, 5493 /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template 5494 /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed). 5495 TDK_InstantiationDepth, 5496 /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value 5497 /// for every template parameter. 5498 TDK_Incomplete, 5499 /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent 5500 /// deduced values for the given template parameter. 5501 TDK_Inconsistent, 5502 /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent 5503 /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would 5504 /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T" 5505 /// but were given a non-const "X". 5506 TDK_Underqualified, 5507 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5508 /// resulted in an error. 5509 TDK_SubstitutionFailure, 5510 /// \brief A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the 5511 /// corresponding component of the argument. 5512 TDK_NonDeducedMismatch, 5513 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5514 /// template, there were too many call arguments. 5515 TDK_TooManyArguments, 5516 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5517 /// template, there were too few call arguments. 5518 TDK_TooFewArguments, 5519 /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid 5520 /// template arguments for the given template. 5521 TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments, 5522 /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could 5523 /// not be resolved to a suitable function. 5524 TDK_FailedOverloadResolution, 5525 /// \brief Deduction failed; that's all we know. 5526 TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure 5527 }; 5528 5529 TemplateDeductionResult 5530 DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, 5531 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5532 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5533 5534 TemplateDeductionResult 5535 SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5536 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5537 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5538 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 5539 QualType *FunctionType, 5540 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5541 5542 /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument 5543 // deduction for a call. 5544 struct OriginalCallArg { 5545 OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, 5546 unsigned ArgIdx, 5547 QualType OriginalArgType) 5548 : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx), 5549 OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { } 5550 5551 QualType OriginalParamType; 5552 unsigned ArgIdx; 5553 QualType OriginalArgType; 5554 }; 5555 5556 TemplateDeductionResult 5557 FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5558 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5559 unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, 5560 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5561 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5562 SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0); 5563 5564 TemplateDeductionResult 5565 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5566 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5567 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 5568 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5569 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5570 5571 TemplateDeductionResult 5572 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5573 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5574 QualType ArgFunctionType, 5575 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5576 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5577 5578 TemplateDeductionResult 5579 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5580 QualType ToType, 5581 CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization, 5582 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5583 5584 TemplateDeductionResult 5585 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5586 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5587 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5588 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5589 5590 /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType. 5591 enum DeduceAutoResult { 5592 DAR_Succeeded, 5593 DAR_Failed, 5594 DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed 5595 }; 5596 5597 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, 5598 TypeSourceInfo *&Result); 5599 void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init); 5600 5601 FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1, 5602 FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2, 5603 SourceLocation Loc, 5604 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5605 unsigned NumCallArguments); 5606 UnresolvedSetIterator getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, 5607 UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd, 5608 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5609 unsigned NumCallArguments, 5610 SourceLocation Loc, 5611 const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag, 5612 const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag, 5613 const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag, 5614 bool Complain = true, 5615 QualType TargetType = QualType()); 5616 5617 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl * 5618 getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( 5619 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, 5620 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, 5621 SourceLocation Loc); 5622 5623 void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5624 bool OnlyDeduced, 5625 unsigned Depth, 5626 llvm::SmallBitVector &Used); 5627 void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters( 5628 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5629 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) { 5630 return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced); 5631 } 5632 static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, 5633 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5634 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced); 5635 5636 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5637 // C++ Template Instantiation 5638 // 5639 5640 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D, 5641 const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0, 5642 bool RelativeToPrimary = false, 5643 const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0); 5644 5645 /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress. 5646 struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation { 5647 /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing 5648 enum InstantiationKind { 5649 /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is 5650 /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl). 5651 TemplateInstantiation, 5652 5653 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template 5654 /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and 5655 /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template 5656 /// arguments as specified. 5657 /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList 5658 DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation, 5659 5660 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function. 5661 /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs 5662 /// provides the template arguments as specified. 5663 DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation, 5664 5665 /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for 5666 /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5667 ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5668 5669 /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of 5670 /// template argument deduction for either a class template 5671 /// partial specialization or a function template. The 5672 /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or 5673 /// a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5674 DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5675 5676 /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new 5677 /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a 5678 /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl. 5679 PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5680 5681 /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that 5682 /// has been used when naming a template-id. 5683 DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking, 5684 5685 /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function 5686 /// template which was deferred until it was needed. 5687 ExceptionSpecInstantiation 5688 } Kind; 5689 5690 /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code. 5691 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation; 5692 5693 /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are 5694 /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template 5695 /// arguments. 5696 NamedDecl *Template; 5697 5698 /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated. 5699 Decl *Entity; 5700 5701 /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they 5702 /// are not part of the entity. 5703 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs; 5704 5705 /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs. 5706 unsigned NumTemplateArgs; 5707 5708 /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the 5709 /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments. 5710 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo; 5711 5712 /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause 5713 /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class 5714 /// template instantiation. 5715 SourceRange InstantiationRange; 5716 5717 ActiveTemplateInstantiation() 5718 : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0), 5719 NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {} 5720 5721 /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation 5722 /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth. 5723 bool isInstantiationRecord() const; 5724 5725 friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5726 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5727 if (X.Kind != Y.Kind) 5728 return false; 5729 5730 if (X.Entity != Y.Entity) 5731 return false; 5732 5733 switch (X.Kind) { 5734 case TemplateInstantiation: 5735 case ExceptionSpecInstantiation: 5736 return true; 5737 5738 case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5739 case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking: 5740 if (X.Template != Y.Template) 5741 return false; 5742 5743 // Fall through 5744 5745 case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation: 5746 case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5747 case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5748 case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation: 5749 return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs; 5750 5751 } 5752 5753 llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!"); 5754 } 5755 5756 friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5757 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5758 return !(X == Y); 5759 } 5760 }; 5761 5762 /// \brief List of active template instantiations. 5763 /// 5764 /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation 5765 /// requires another template instantiation, additional 5766 /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a 5767 /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth. 5768 SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16> 5769 ActiveTemplateInstantiations; 5770 5771 /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with 5772 /// template instantiation. 5773 /// 5774 /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside 5775 /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction. 5776 bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5777 5778 /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in 5779 /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and, 5780 /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth. 5781 unsigned NonInstantiationEntries; 5782 5783 /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation 5784 /// error or warning was produced. 5785 /// 5786 /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template 5787 /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the 5788 /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough 5789 /// to implement it anywhere else. 5790 ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext; 5791 5792 /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be 5793 /// used for substitution of parameter packs. 5794 /// 5795 /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs 5796 /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies 5797 /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution. 5798 int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex; 5799 5800 /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index 5801 /// within a \c Sema object. 5802 /// 5803 /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information. 5804 class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII { 5805 Sema &Self; 5806 int OldSubstitutionIndex; 5807 5808 public: 5809 ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex) 5810 : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) { 5811 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex; 5812 } 5813 5814 ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() { 5815 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex; 5816 } 5817 }; 5818 5819 friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII; 5820 5821 /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation. 5822 /// 5823 /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved 5824 /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints. 5825 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation; 5826 5827 /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the 5828 /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument 5829 /// deduction. 5830 /// 5831 /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file. 5832 llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> > 5833 SuppressedDiagnostics; 5834 5835 /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template 5836 /// instantiation. 5837 /// 5838 /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate 5839 /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active 5840 /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum 5841 /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction 5842 /// produces an error and evaluates true. 5843 /// 5844 /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off 5845 /// the stack. 5846 struct InstantiatingTemplate { 5847 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template, 5848 /// function template, or a member thereof. 5849 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5850 Decl *Entity, 5851 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5852 5853 struct ExceptionSpecification {}; 5854 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification 5855 /// of a function template. 5856 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5857 FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification, 5858 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5859 5860 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5861 /// template-id. 5862 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5863 TemplateDecl *Template, 5864 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5865 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5866 5867 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5868 /// template-id. 5869 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5870 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5871 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5872 ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind, 5873 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5874 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5875 5876 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template 5877 /// argument deduction for a class template partial 5878 /// specialization. 5879 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5880 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, 5881 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5882 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5883 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5884 5885 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5886 ParmVarDecl *Param, 5887 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5888 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5889 5890 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a 5891 /// non-type or template template parameter. 5892 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5893 NamedDecl *Template, 5894 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5895 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5896 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5897 5898 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5899 NamedDecl *Template, 5900 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5901 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5902 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5903 5904 /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument 5905 /// against the template parameter for a given template-id. 5906 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5907 TemplateDecl *Template, 5908 NamedDecl *Param, 5909 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5910 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5911 5912 5913 /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template. 5914 void Clear(); 5915 5916 ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); } 5917 5918 /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum 5919 /// recursive template instantiations. 5920 operator bool() const { return Invalid; } 5921 5922 private: 5923 Sema &SemaRef; 5924 bool Invalid; 5925 bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5926 bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5927 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5928 5929 InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 5930 5931 InstantiatingTemplate& 5932 operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 5933 }; 5934 5935 void PrintInstantiationStack(); 5936 5937 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where 5938 /// template argument substitution failures are not considered 5939 /// errors. 5940 /// 5941 /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context. 5942 /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest 5943 /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture 5944 /// diagnostics that will be suppressed. 5945 Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const; 5946 5947 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that 5948 /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5. 5949 bool isUnevaluatedContext() const { 5950 assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && 5951 "Must be in an expression evaluation context"); 5952 return ExprEvalContexts.back().Context == Sema::Unevaluated; 5953 } 5954 5955 /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has 5956 /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument 5957 /// deduction.` 5958 class SFINAETrap { 5959 Sema &SemaRef; 5960 unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors; 5961 bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5962 bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 5963 5964 public: 5965 explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false) 5966 : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors), 5967 PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext( 5968 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext), 5969 PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE) 5970 { 5971 if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) 5972 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true; 5973 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE; 5974 } 5975 5976 ~SFINAETrap() { 5977 SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors; 5978 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext 5979 = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5980 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 5981 } 5982 5983 /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped. 5984 bool hasErrorOccurred() const { 5985 return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors; 5986 } 5987 }; 5988 5989 /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local 5990 /// variables. 5991 LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope; 5992 5993 /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo. 5994 unsigned TyposCorrected; 5995 5996 typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection> 5997 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap; 5998 5999 /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified 6000 /// name lookup. 6001 /// 6002 /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if 6003 /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the 6004 /// string represents a keyword. 6005 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected; 6006 6007 /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings. 6008 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings; 6009 6010 /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required. 6011 /// 6012 /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in 6013 /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily 6014 /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the 6015 /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation), 6016 /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to, 6017 /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation. 6018 typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation; 6019 6020 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 6021 /// but have not yet been performed. 6022 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations; 6023 6024 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 6025 /// and must be performed within the current local scope. 6026 /// 6027 /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in 6028 /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their 6029 /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local 6030 /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc. 6031 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; 6032 6033 void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false); 6034 6035 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 6036 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6037 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6038 6039 QualType SubstType(QualType T, 6040 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6041 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6042 6043 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL, 6044 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6045 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6046 6047 TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 6048 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6049 SourceLocation Loc, 6050 DeclarationName Entity, 6051 CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext, 6052 unsigned ThisTypeQuals); 6053 ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D, 6054 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6055 int indexAdjustment, 6056 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, 6057 bool ExpectParameterPack); 6058 bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, 6059 ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 6060 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6061 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 6062 SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0); 6063 ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E, 6064 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6065 6066 /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of 6067 /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required. 6068 /// 6069 /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into. 6070 /// 6071 /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs. 6072 /// 6073 /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case 6074 /// default arguments will be dropped. 6075 /// 6076 /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute. 6077 /// 6078 /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments. 6079 /// 6080 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 6081 bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall, 6082 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6083 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs); 6084 6085 StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S, 6086 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6087 6088 Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner, 6089 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6090 6091 ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E, 6092 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6093 bool CXXDirectInit); 6094 6095 bool 6096 SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6097 CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 6098 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6099 6100 bool 6101 InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6102 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 6103 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6104 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6105 bool Complain = true); 6106 6107 bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6108 EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern, 6109 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6110 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6111 6112 struct LateInstantiatedAttribute { 6113 const Attr *TmplAttr; 6114 LocalInstantiationScope *Scope; 6115 Decl *NewDecl; 6116 6117 LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S, 6118 Decl *D) 6119 : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D) 6120 { } 6121 }; 6122 typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec; 6123 6124 void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6125 const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, 6126 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0, 6127 LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0); 6128 6129 bool 6130 InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6131 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6132 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6133 bool Complain = true); 6134 6135 void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6136 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6137 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6138 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6139 6140 void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers( 6141 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6142 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6143 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6144 6145 NestedNameSpecifierLoc 6146 SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, 6147 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6148 6149 DeclarationNameInfo 6150 SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 6151 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6152 TemplateName 6153 SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name, 6154 SourceLocation Loc, 6155 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6156 bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6157 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result, 6158 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6159 6160 void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6161 FunctionDecl *Function); 6162 void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6163 FunctionDecl *Function, 6164 bool Recursive = false, 6165 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6166 void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition( 6167 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6168 VarDecl *Var, 6169 bool Recursive = false, 6170 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6171 6172 void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New, 6173 const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl, 6174 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6175 6176 NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D, 6177 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6178 DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC, 6179 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6180 6181 // Objective-C declarations. 6182 enum ObjCContainerKind { 6183 OCK_None = -1, 6184 OCK_Interface = 0, 6185 OCK_Protocol, 6186 OCK_Category, 6187 OCK_ClassExtension, 6188 OCK_Implementation, 6189 OCK_CategoryImplementation 6190 }; 6191 ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const; 6192 6193 Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6194 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6195 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6196 IdentifierInfo *SuperName, 6197 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6198 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6199 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6200 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6201 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6202 AttributeList *AttrList); 6203 6204 Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias( 6205 SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc, 6206 IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation, 6207 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation); 6208 6209 bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency( 6210 IdentifierInfo *PName, 6211 SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc, 6212 const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList); 6213 6214 Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface( 6215 SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc, 6216 IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, 6217 Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6218 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6219 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6220 AttributeList *AttrList); 6221 6222 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6223 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6224 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6225 IdentifierInfo *CategoryName, 6226 SourceLocation CategoryLoc, 6227 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6228 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6229 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6230 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc); 6231 6232 Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation( 6233 SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc, 6234 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6235 IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname, 6236 SourceLocation SuperClassLoc); 6237 6238 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc, 6239 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6240 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6241 IdentifierInfo *CatName, 6242 SourceLocation CatLoc); 6243 6244 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 6245 ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls); 6246 6247 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc, 6248 IdentifierInfo **IdentList, 6249 SourceLocation *IdentLocs, 6250 unsigned NumElts); 6251 6252 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc, 6253 const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList, 6254 unsigned NumElts, 6255 AttributeList *attrList); 6256 6257 void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, 6258 const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId, 6259 unsigned NumProtocols, 6260 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols); 6261 6262 /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type. 6263 /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will 6264 /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy. 6265 void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy, 6266 SourceLocation Loc, 6267 unsigned &Attributes, 6268 bool propertyInPrimaryClass); 6269 6270 /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the 6271 /// setters and getters as needed. 6272 /// \param property The property declaration being processed 6273 /// \param CD The semantic container for the property 6274 /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared 6275 /// in class extension. 6276 /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty. 6277 void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property, 6278 ObjCContainerDecl *CD, 6279 ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0, 6280 ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0); 6281 6282 6283 void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property, 6284 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty, 6285 const IdentifierInfo *Name); 6286 6287 void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT, 6288 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); 6289 6290 void MatchOneProtocolPropertiesInClass(Decl *CDecl, 6291 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl); 6292 6293 Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd, 6294 Decl **allMethods = 0, unsigned allNum = 0, 6295 Decl **allProperties = 0, unsigned pNum = 0, 6296 DeclGroupPtrTy *allTUVars = 0, unsigned tuvNum = 0); 6297 6298 Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc, 6299 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6300 FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS, 6301 Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel, 6302 bool *OverridingProperty, 6303 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6304 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 6305 6306 Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S, 6307 SourceLocation AtLoc, 6308 SourceLocation PropertyLoc, 6309 bool ImplKind, 6310 IdentifierInfo *PropertyId, 6311 IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar, 6312 SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc); 6313 6314 enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind { 6315 OSMK_None, 6316 OSMK_Alloc, 6317 OSMK_New, 6318 OSMK_Copy, 6319 OSMK_RetainingInit, 6320 OSMK_NonRetainingInit 6321 }; 6322 6323 struct ObjCArgInfo { 6324 IdentifierInfo *Name; 6325 SourceLocation NameLoc; 6326 // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid 6327 // in this case. 6328 ParsedType Type; 6329 ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec; 6330 6331 /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument. 6332 AttributeList *ArgAttrs; 6333 }; 6334 6335 Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration( 6336 Scope *S, 6337 SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -. 6338 SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {. 6339 tok::TokenKind MethodType, 6340 ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType, 6341 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel, 6342 // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained 6343 // from the Sel.getNumArgs(). 6344 ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo, 6345 DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args 6346 AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6347 bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition); 6348 6349 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel, 6350 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6351 bool IsInstance); 6352 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty, 6353 bool IsInstance); 6354 6355 bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl); 6356 6357 ExprResult 6358 HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6359 Expr *BaseExpr, 6360 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6361 DeclarationName MemberName, 6362 SourceLocation MemberLoc, 6363 SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType, 6364 bool Super); 6365 6366 ExprResult 6367 ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName, 6368 IdentifierInfo &propertyName, 6369 SourceLocation receiverNameLoc, 6370 SourceLocation propertyNameLoc); 6371 6372 ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc); 6373 6374 /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message 6375 /// send that starts with an identifier. 6376 enum ObjCMessageKind { 6377 /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'. 6378 ObjCSuperMessage, 6379 /// \brief The message is an instance message. 6380 ObjCInstanceMessage, 6381 /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type 6382 /// name. 6383 ObjCClassMessage 6384 }; 6385 6386 ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S, 6387 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6388 SourceLocation NameLoc, 6389 bool IsSuper, 6390 bool HasTrailingDot, 6391 ParsedType &ReceiverType); 6392 6393 ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6394 Selector Sel, 6395 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6396 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6397 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6398 MultiExprArg Args); 6399 6400 ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo, 6401 QualType ReceiverType, 6402 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6403 Selector Sel, 6404 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6405 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6406 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6407 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6408 MultiExprArg Args, 6409 bool isImplicit = false); 6410 6411 ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType, 6412 bool isSuperReceiver, 6413 SourceLocation Loc, 6414 Selector Sel, 6415 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6416 MultiExprArg Args); 6417 6418 ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S, 6419 ParsedType Receiver, 6420 Selector Sel, 6421 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6422 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6423 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6424 MultiExprArg Args); 6425 6426 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver, 6427 QualType ReceiverType, 6428 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6429 Selector Sel, 6430 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6431 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6432 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6433 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6434 MultiExprArg Args, 6435 bool isImplicit = false); 6436 6437 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver, 6438 QualType ReceiverType, 6439 SourceLocation Loc, 6440 Selector Sel, 6441 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6442 MultiExprArg Args); 6443 6444 ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S, 6445 Expr *Receiver, 6446 Selector Sel, 6447 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6448 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6449 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6450 MultiExprArg Args); 6451 6452 ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6453 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6454 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6455 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 6456 Expr *SubExpr); 6457 6458 ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S, 6459 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6460 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6461 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6462 ParsedType Type, 6463 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 6464 Expr *SubExpr); 6465 6466 bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall); 6467 6468 /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the 6469 /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited. 6470 void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, 6471 const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden); 6472 6473 /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method. 6474 enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind { 6475 RTC_Compatible, 6476 RTC_Incompatible, 6477 RTC_Unknown 6478 }; 6479 6480 void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 6481 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass, 6482 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC); 6483 6484 enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind { 6485 POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native 6486 POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural 6487 POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed 6488 POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power 6489 POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k 6490 POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset 6491 }; 6492 6493 /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align. 6494 void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind, 6495 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6496 6497 enum PragmaPackKind { 6498 PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n]) 6499 PPK_Show, // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC. 6500 PPK_Push, // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n]) 6501 PPK_Pop // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n]) 6502 }; 6503 6504 enum PragmaMSStructKind { 6505 PMSST_OFF, // #pragms ms_struct off 6506 PMSST_ON // #pragms ms_struct on 6507 }; 6508 6509 /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...). 6510 void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind, 6511 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6512 Expr *Alignment, 6513 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6514 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6515 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6516 6517 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off]. 6518 void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind); 6519 6520 /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'. 6521 void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier, 6522 Scope *curScope, 6523 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6524 6525 /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... . 6526 void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType, 6527 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6528 6529 NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II, 6530 SourceLocation Loc); 6531 void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W); 6532 6533 /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident. 6534 void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6535 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6536 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc); 6537 6538 /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed 6539 /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname. 6540 void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6541 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6542 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6543 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6544 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6545 6546 /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident. 6547 void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6548 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6549 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6550 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6551 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6552 6553 /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed 6554 /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT 6555 void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS); 6556 6557 /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to 6558 /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'. 6559 void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6560 6561 /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record. 6562 void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6563 6564 /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext. 6565 void FreePackedContext(); 6566 6567 /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a 6568 /// namespace with a visibility attribute. 6569 void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr, 6570 SourceLocation Loc); 6571 6572 /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used, 6573 /// add an appropriate visibility attribute. 6574 void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD); 6575 6576 /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used 6577 /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces. 6578 void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc); 6579 6580 /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext. 6581 void FreeVisContext(); 6582 6583 /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within 6584 /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding 6585 /// the appropriate attribute. 6586 void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D); 6587 6588 /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration. 6589 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, 6590 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion); 6591 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T, 6592 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion); 6593 6594 /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed. 6595 enum CheckedConversionKind { 6596 /// \brief An implicit conversion. 6597 CCK_ImplicitConversion, 6598 /// \brief A C-style cast. 6599 CCK_CStyleCast, 6600 /// \brief A functional-style cast. 6601 CCK_FunctionalCast, 6602 /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast. 6603 CCK_OtherCast 6604 }; 6605 6606 /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit 6607 /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one. 6608 /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue. 6609 ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK, 6610 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue, 6611 const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 6612 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6613 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6614 6615 /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding 6616 /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type. 6617 static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy); 6618 6619 /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is 6620 /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are 6621 /// required. 6622 ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E); 6623 6624 // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts 6625 // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6626 ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E); 6627 6628 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays 6629 // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6630 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E); 6631 6632 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and 6633 // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the 6634 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. 6635 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6636 6637 // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on 6638 // the operand. This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, 6639 // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array 6640 // type. 6641 ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6642 6643 // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that 6644 // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each 6645 // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double. 6646 ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E); 6647 6648 // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion 6649 enum VariadicCallType { 6650 VariadicFunction, 6651 VariadicBlock, 6652 VariadicMethod, 6653 VariadicConstructor, 6654 VariadicDoesNotApply 6655 }; 6656 6657 VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6658 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6659 Expr *Fn); 6660 6661 // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a 6662 // vararg function. 6663 enum VarArgKind { 6664 VAK_Valid, 6665 VAK_ValidInCXX11, 6666 VAK_Invalid 6667 }; 6668 6669 // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression. 6670 VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty); 6671 6672 /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various 6673 /// form of call prototypes. 6674 bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, 6675 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6676 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6677 unsigned FirstProtoArg, 6678 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6679 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs, 6680 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply, 6681 bool AllowExplicit = false, 6682 bool IsListInitialization = false); 6683 6684 // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but 6685 // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type. 6686 ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT, 6687 FunctionDecl *FDecl); 6688 6689 /// Checks to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic 6690 /// function, issuing a diagnostic and returning NULL if not. 6691 bool variadicArgumentPODCheck(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT); 6692 6693 // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's 6694 // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary 6695 // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this 6696 // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is 6697 // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. 6698 QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6699 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6700 6701 /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this 6702 /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are 6703 /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from 6704 /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a 6705 /// source and destination type. 6706 enum AssignConvertType { 6707 /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard. 6708 Compatible, 6709 6710 /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we 6711 /// accept as an extension. 6712 PointerToInt, 6713 6714 /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we 6715 /// accept as an extension. 6716 IntToPointer, 6717 6718 /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and 6719 /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension. 6720 FunctionVoidPointer, 6721 6722 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that 6723 /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension. 6724 IncompatiblePointer, 6725 6726 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which 6727 /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise 6728 /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by 6729 /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers. 6730 IncompatiblePointerSign, 6731 6732 /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards 6733 /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension. 6734 CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6735 6736 /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment 6737 /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded, 6738 /// like address spaces. 6739 IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6740 6741 /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two 6742 /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two 6743 /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an 6744 /// extension. 6745 IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers, 6746 6747 /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that 6748 /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension. 6749 IncompatibleVectors, 6750 6751 /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block 6752 /// pointer. We disallow this. 6753 IntToBlockPointer, 6754 6755 /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block 6756 /// pointers types that are not compatible. 6757 IncompatibleBlockPointer, 6758 6759 /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified 6760 /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example, 6761 /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol. 6762 IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId, 6763 6764 /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an 6765 /// object with __weak qualifier. 6766 IncompatibleObjCWeakRef, 6767 6768 /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to 6769 /// represent it in the AST. 6770 Incompatible 6771 }; 6772 6773 /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the 6774 /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the 6775 /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted. 6776 bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, 6777 SourceLocation Loc, 6778 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6779 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, 6780 bool *Complained = 0); 6781 6782 /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant 6783 /// integer not in the range of enum values. 6784 void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6785 Expr *SrcExpr); 6786 6787 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment, 6788 /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values. 6789 /// C99 6.5.16. 6790 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc, 6791 QualType LHSType, 6792 QualType RHSType); 6793 6794 /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the 6795 /// RHS to the LHS type. 6796 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6797 ExprResult &RHS, 6798 CastKind &Kind); 6799 6800 // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by 6801 // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking, 6802 // this routine performs the default function/array converions. 6803 AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6804 ExprResult &RHS, 6805 bool Diagnose = true); 6806 6807 // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we 6808 // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression. 6809 AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, 6810 ExprResult &RHS); 6811 6812 bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6813 6814 bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6815 6816 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6817 AssignmentAction Action, 6818 bool AllowExplicit = false); 6819 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6820 AssignmentAction Action, 6821 bool AllowExplicit, 6822 ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS); 6823 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6824 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS, 6825 AssignmentAction Action, 6826 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6827 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6828 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6829 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 6830 AssignmentAction Action, 6831 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6832 6833 /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType 6834 /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued). 6835 6836 /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp). 6837 QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, 6838 ExprResult &RHS); 6839 QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5 6840 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 6841 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect); 6842 QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6843 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, 6844 bool IsDivide); 6845 QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6846 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6847 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6848 QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6849 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6850 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6851 QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6852 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6853 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6854 QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7 6855 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6856 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6857 QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9 6858 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc, 6859 bool isRelational); 6860 QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12] 6861 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6862 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6863 QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14] 6864 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc); 6865 // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment. 6866 // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type. 6867 // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type. 6868 QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2] 6869 Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType); 6870 6871 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6872 UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op); 6873 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6874 BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, 6875 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 6876 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E); 6877 Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E); 6878 6879 QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15 6880 ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6881 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6882 QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16 6883 ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs, 6884 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc); 6885 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 6886 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0); 6887 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 6888 ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2, 6889 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) { 6890 Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take(); 6891 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, 6892 NonStandardCompositeType); 6893 E1 = Owned(E1Tmp); 6894 E2 = Owned(E2Tmp); 6895 return Composite; 6896 } 6897 6898 QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6899 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6900 6901 bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, 6902 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6903 6904 /// type checking for vector binary operators. 6905 QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6906 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign); 6907 QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V); 6908 QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6909 SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational); 6910 QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6911 SourceLocation Loc); 6912 6913 /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8) 6914 bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t); 6915 6916 // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]). 6917 6918 /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two 6919 /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the 6920 /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4). 6921 enum ReferenceCompareResult { 6922 /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct 6923 /// reference binding is not possible. 6924 Ref_Incompatible = 0, 6925 /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means 6926 /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same 6927 /// or T1 is a base class of T2. 6928 Ref_Related, 6929 /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are 6930 /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that 6931 /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1) 6932 /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2). 6933 Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification, 6934 /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and 6935 /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2). 6936 Ref_Compatible 6937 }; 6938 6939 ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, 6940 QualType T1, QualType T2, 6941 bool &DerivedToBase, 6942 bool &ObjCConversion, 6943 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 6944 6945 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType, 6946 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind, 6947 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path); 6948 6949 /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the 6950 /// given type. 6951 ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType); 6952 6953 /// \brief Type-check an expression that's being passed to an 6954 /// __unknown_anytype parameter. 6955 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc, 6956 Expr *result, QualType ¶mType); 6957 6958 // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors. 6959 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 6960 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size. 6961 // returns true if the cast is invalid 6962 bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, 6963 CastKind &Kind); 6964 6965 // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors. 6966 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 6967 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size, 6968 // or vectors and the element type of that vector. 6969 // returns the cast expr 6970 ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr, 6971 CastKind &Kind); 6972 6973 ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6974 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6975 Expr *CastExpr, 6976 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6977 6978 enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged }; 6979 6980 /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between 6981 /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds. 6982 ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange, 6983 QualType castType, Expr *&op, 6984 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6985 6986 Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 6987 void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 6988 6989 bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType, 6990 QualType ExprType); 6991 6992 /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send 6993 /// might create an obvious retain cycle. 6994 void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg); 6995 void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument); 6996 void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init); 6997 6998 /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 6999 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type. 7000 bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS); 7001 7002 /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 7003 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression. 7004 void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 7005 7006 /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send. 7007 /// \param Method - May be null. 7008 /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send. 7009 /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types. 7010 bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType, 7011 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, Selector Sel, 7012 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 7013 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage, 7014 bool isSuperMessage, 7015 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac, 7016 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK); 7017 7018 /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on 7019 /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message, 7020 /// and the form of the message send. 7021 QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType, 7022 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 7023 bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage); 7024 7025 /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method 7026 /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened. 7027 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E); 7028 7029 /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of 7030 /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if 7031 /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array 7032 /// decays, possibly changing the input variable. 7033 /// 7034 /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the 7035 /// 'if' keyword. 7036 /// \return true iff there were any errors 7037 ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 7038 7039 ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 7040 Expr *SubExpr); 7041 7042 /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is 7043 /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment. 7044 void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E); 7045 7046 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate 7047 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition. 7048 void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE); 7049 7050 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid. 7051 ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr); 7052 7053 /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have 7054 /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit 7055 /// the specified diagnostic. 7056 void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal, 7057 unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign, 7058 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); 7059 7060 /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope. 7061 /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared 7062 /// in the global scope. 7063 bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D); 7064 7065 /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant 7066 /// expression violations. 7067 class VerifyICEDiagnoser { 7068 public: 7069 bool Suppress; 7070 7071 VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { } 7072 7073 virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0; 7074 virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR); 7075 virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { } 7076 }; 7077 7078 /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE, 7079 /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success. 7080 /// Can optionally return the value of the expression. 7081 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 7082 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 7083 bool AllowFold = true); 7084 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 7085 unsigned DiagID, 7086 bool AllowFold = true); 7087 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0); 7088 7089 /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has 7090 /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid. 7091 /// Returns false on success. 7092 /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0 7093 ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 7094 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 7095 bool *ZeroWidth = 0); 7096 7097 enum CUDAFunctionTarget { 7098 CFT_Device, 7099 CFT_Global, 7100 CFT_Host, 7101 CFT_HostDevice 7102 }; 7103 7104 CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D); 7105 7106 bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget, 7107 CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget); 7108 7109 bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) { 7110 return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller), 7111 IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee)); 7112 } 7113 7114 /// \name Code completion 7115 //@{ 7116 /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs. 7117 enum ParserCompletionContext { 7118 /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context. 7119 PCC_Namespace, 7120 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union. 7121 PCC_Class, 7122 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol, 7123 /// or category. 7124 PCC_ObjCInterface, 7125 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or 7126 /// category implementation 7127 PCC_ObjCImplementation, 7128 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables 7129 /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation. 7130 PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList, 7131 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7132 /// headers. 7133 PCC_Template, 7134 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7135 /// headers within a class. 7136 PCC_MemberTemplate, 7137 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression. 7138 PCC_Expression, 7139 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may 7140 /// also be an expression or a declaration. 7141 PCC_Statement, 7142 /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the 7143 /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop. 7144 PCC_ForInit, 7145 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if, 7146 /// while, switch, or for statement. 7147 PCC_Condition, 7148 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a 7149 /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position 7150 /// in the grammar. 7151 PCC_RecoveryInFunction, 7152 /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted. 7153 PCC_Type, 7154 /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which 7155 /// might also be a type cast. 7156 PCC_ParenthesizedExpression, 7157 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration 7158 /// specifiers within a function, method, or block. 7159 PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers 7160 }; 7161 7162 void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path); 7163 void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S, 7164 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext); 7165 void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 7166 bool AllowNonIdentifiers, 7167 bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers); 7168 7169 struct CodeCompleteExpressionData; 7170 void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, 7171 const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data); 7172 void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 7173 SourceLocation OpLoc, 7174 bool IsArrow); 7175 void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS); 7176 void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec); 7177 void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS); 7178 void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S); 7179 void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 7180 void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D); 7181 void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S); 7182 void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S); 7183 void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS); 7184 7185 void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 7186 bool EnteringContext); 7187 void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S); 7188 void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S); 7189 void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S); 7190 void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S); 7191 void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S); 7192 void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(Decl *Constructor, 7193 CXXCtorInitializer** Initializers, 7194 unsigned NumInitializers); 7195 void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 7196 bool AfterAmpersand); 7197 7198 void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S); 7199 void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S); 7200 void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S); 7201 void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S); 7202 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS); 7203 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S); 7204 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S); 7205 void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS, 7206 bool IsParameter); 7207 void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S); 7208 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 7209 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7210 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7211 bool AtArgumentExpression); 7212 void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver, 7213 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7214 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7215 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7216 bool IsSuper = false); 7217 void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver, 7218 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7219 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7220 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7221 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0); 7222 void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S, 7223 DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar); 7224 void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S, 7225 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7226 unsigned NumSelIdents); 7227 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols, 7228 unsigned NumProtocols); 7229 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S); 7230 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S); 7231 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, 7232 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7233 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7234 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S); 7235 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S, 7236 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7237 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7238 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S, 7239 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7240 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7241 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S); 7242 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S, 7243 IdentifierInfo *PropertyName); 7244 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, 7245 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7246 ParsedType ReturnType); 7247 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S, 7248 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7249 bool AtParameterName, 7250 ParsedType ReturnType, 7251 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7252 unsigned NumSelIdents); 7253 void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional); 7254 void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S); 7255 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition); 7256 void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression(); 7257 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S, 7258 IdentifierInfo *Macro, 7259 MacroInfo *MacroInfo, 7260 unsigned Argument); 7261 void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage(); 7262 void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, 7263 CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, 7264 SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results); 7265 //@} 7266 7267 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7268 // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system 7269 7270 public: 7271 SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL, 7272 unsigned ByteNo) const; 7273 7274 private: 7275 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr, 7276 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0, 7277 bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false); 7278 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E); 7279 // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a 7280 // FunctionDeclaration. 7281 struct FormatStringInfo { 7282 unsigned FormatIdx; 7283 unsigned FirstDataArg; 7284 bool HasVAListArg; 7285 }; 7286 7287 bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember, 7288 FormatStringInfo *FSI); 7289 bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7290 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7291 bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc, 7292 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 7293 bool CheckBlockCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7294 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7295 void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 7296 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7297 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 7298 SourceLocation Loc); 7299 7300 void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7301 unsigned NumProtoArgs, bool IsMemberFunction, 7302 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 7303 VariadicCallType CallType); 7304 7305 7306 bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg); 7307 7308 ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7309 bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7310 bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7311 7312 bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall); 7313 bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall); 7314 bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs); 7315 7316 public: 7317 // Used by C++ template instantiation. 7318 ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall); 7319 7320 private: 7321 bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall); 7322 bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall); 7323 bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); 7324 ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); 7325 ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, 7326 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op); 7327 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, 7328 llvm::APSInt &Result); 7329 7330 enum FormatStringType { 7331 FST_Scanf, 7332 FST_Printf, 7333 FST_NSString, 7334 FST_Strftime, 7335 FST_Strfmon, 7336 FST_Kprintf, 7337 FST_Unknown 7338 }; 7339 static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format); 7340 7341 enum StringLiteralCheckType { 7342 SLCT_NotALiteral, 7343 SLCT_UncheckedLiteral, 7344 SLCT_CheckedLiteral 7345 }; 7346 7347 StringLiteralCheckType checkFormatStringExpr(const Expr *E, 7348 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7349 bool HasVAListArg, 7350 unsigned format_idx, 7351 unsigned firstDataArg, 7352 FormatStringType Type, 7353 VariadicCallType CallType, 7354 bool inFunctionCall = true); 7355 7356 void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr, 7357 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool HasVAListArg, 7358 unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg, 7359 FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall, 7360 VariadicCallType CallType); 7361 7362 bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, 7363 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7364 bool IsCXXMember, 7365 VariadicCallType CallType, 7366 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range); 7367 bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7368 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, 7369 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, 7370 VariadicCallType CallType, 7371 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range); 7372 7373 void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull, 7374 const Expr * const *ExprArgs, 7375 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc); 7376 7377 void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7378 unsigned BId, 7379 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7380 7381 void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7382 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7383 7384 void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7385 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7386 7387 void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, 7388 SourceLocation ReturnLoc); 7389 void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS); 7390 void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation()); 7391 void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E); 7392 void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E); 7393 7394 /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either 7395 /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression. 7396 void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(), 7397 bool IsConstexpr = false); 7398 7399 void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field, 7400 Expr *Init); 7401 7402 public: 7403 /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag. 7404 void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind, 7405 uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type, 7406 bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull); 7407 7408 struct TypeTagData { 7409 TypeTagData() {} 7410 7411 TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) : 7412 Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible), 7413 MustBeNull(MustBeNull) 7414 {} 7415 7416 QualType Type; 7417 7418 /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for 7419 /// layout-compatibility. 7420 unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1; 7421 unsigned MustBeNull : 1; 7422 }; 7423 7424 /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value. This uniquely 7425 /// identifies the magic value. 7426 typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue; 7427 7428 private: 7429 /// \brief A map from magic value to type information. 7430 OwningPtr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData> > 7431 TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues; 7432 7433 /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag 7434 /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes. 7435 void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr, 7436 const Expr * const *ExprArgs); 7437 7438 /// \brief The parser's current scope. 7439 /// 7440 /// The parser maintains this state here. 7441 Scope *CurScope; 7442 7443 mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super; 7444 7445 protected: 7446 friend class Parser; 7447 friend class InitializationSequence; 7448 friend class ASTReader; 7449 friend class ASTWriter; 7450 7451 public: 7452 /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope. 7453 /// 7454 /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis 7455 /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case 7456 /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation. 7457 /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser 7458 /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from 7459 /// template substitution or instantiation. 7460 Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; } 7461 7462 IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const; 7463 7464 Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const; 7465 7466 DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const { 7467 return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext; 7468 } 7469 7470 AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const; 7471 7472 const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const { 7473 const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext(); 7474 // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface. 7475 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)) 7476 DC = CatD->getClassInterface(); 7477 return DC; 7478 } 7479 }; 7480 7481 /// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context. 7482 class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext { 7483 Sema &Actions; 7484 7485 public: 7486 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7487 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7488 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 7489 bool IsDecltype = false) 7490 : Actions(Actions) { 7491 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl, 7492 IsDecltype); 7493 } 7494 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7495 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7496 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 7497 bool IsDecltype = false) 7498 : Actions(Actions) { 7499 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, 7500 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl, 7501 IsDecltype); 7502 } 7503 7504 ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() { 7505 Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 7506 } 7507 }; 7508 7509 } // end namespace clang 7510 7511 #endif 7512